Home

CP1E CPU Unit Hardware

1. 2 3 2 Connection Methods Connection cables for the Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units are used to connect the Units The length can be extended by using a CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm Leave approximately 10mm of space between the CPU Unit a
2. If sufficient space cannot be provided between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expan sion I O Unit use the PLC in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 C CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 4 Unit Current Consumption and External Power Supply Capacity This section describes the current consumption and external power supply capacity of units used by the CP1E 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected J eu491x3 pue UONdWwWNnSUuo 1US JN HUN p Z Auseden Ajddns 12m0d Power of 24 VDC can be supplied to external devices from E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Calculate the usable capacity of external power supply according to the following example Calculation Examples of the Capacity Limit of External Power Supply CPU Unit ExpansionUnits Units Other Total Limit devices using PLC internal pow
3. CP1E CPU Unit O l gogggogogogog al ba MESES ERESERLEREIES sara Peter TR i CAAA i GIOIEDIEDEDEDEDIEDIED CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Precautions for Correct Use When connecting CP series Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units to a CPU Unit with AC power provide a space of approximately 10 mm between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit If sufficient space cannot be provided between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit use the PLC in an ambient temperature of 0 to 50 C I Arrangement in Two Rows The Units can be arranged in two rows using the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable 800 mm GE EE 40EDR CP1W CN811 I O A Connecting Cable O ojo CE E33 3 ea aya 3 ES E
4. e E a m 1 CEAT EE Tit M OT Ga PERIPHERAL jon UR come T SOOO gorao LIU Ta qj X Q Insert 3 Attach the cover to the CPU Unit s or the Expansion I O Unit s expansion connector CET MEM RTT l CAL UN cc 03 o5 3 Attach 5 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring i Precautions on Connecting Units The following restrictions apply to the CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units that can be connected to CP1E CPU Units e Maximum Number of Connectable Units With an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit a total of up to three Expansion I O Units and Expan sion Units can be connected to one CPU Unit It is not possible to connect Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units to E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units T N o eu A D et Oo 5 Syuf uoisuedx3 pue sun O uorisuedx3 Bunoeuuon rt z S CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 13
5. RS 232C O O P ex i EE 28 26 poi RS 422A 485 Option Board with the CP1W CIF11 12 mounted o z WT OJ RS 422A Built in RS 232C Modbus RTU Easy Master Function port Example Inverter Serial PLC Links EENEN EEEG 48 BEHENHENEHEHEEEEN CE CPTE CP1H CP1L CJ1M 000000 I Built in Analog for NA type CPU Units The NA type CPU Units have analog functionality with 2 analog voltage current inputs and 1 analog voltage current output built in O O 0 to 5V 1 to 5V z 1000000000000 O to 10V 10V to 10V JECCOO0000000 0 to 20mA 4 to 20mA daria I mE ze PRIPHERAL 000000 3 8 3 20 30 20 n 20 20 me wm E E E OO Q OqQ o
6. CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W AD041 Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Analog Input Unit O oo Model CP1W AD041 gt Number of analog inputs 4 inputs 4 words allocated El Input signal range 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA a Max rated input 30 mA External input impedance Approx 250 Resolution 1 6000 full scale Overall accu 0 3 full scale 0 4 full scale racy 0 to 55 C 0 6 full scale 0 8 full scale A D conversion data 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal EN Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex 9 Averaging function Supported Set in output words n 1 and n 2 3 Open circuit detection function Supported Conversion time 2 ms point 8 ms all points Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog input terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals Current consumption 5 VDC 100 mA max 24 VDC 90 mA max Analog Input Signal Ranges Analog input data is digitally converted according to the input signal range as shown below EN Additional Information When the input exceeds the specified range the A D conversion data will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 3 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 10 to 10 V Inputs Conve
7. Interrupt input pt inp O O 7 O Built in input o D Interrupt task Interrupt occurs Ladder program HB END q 2 Q w Qm G Note The user setting in the PLC Setup determines if each input is a quick response input normal input interrupt input or high speed counter input i Complete High speed Counter Functionality A high speed counter input can be used by connecting a rotary encoder to a built in input A CP1E CPU Unit is equipped with more than one high speed counter input making it possible to control devices for multiple axes with a single PLC Built in Inputs Functions can be assigned High speed Counter Inputs E type CPU Units Increment pulse inputs 10kHz x 6 counters 10kHz x 5 counters only for 10 I O points Up down pulse inputs 10kHz x 2 counters Pulse direction inputs 10kHz x 2 counters Differential phase inputs 4x 5kHz x 2 counters N NA type CPU Units Increment pulse inputs 100kHz x 2 counters 10kHz x 4 counters Up down pulse inputs 100kHz x 1 counter 10kHz x 1 counter Pulse direction inputs 100kHz x 2 counters Differential phase inputs 4x 5OkHz x 1 counter 5kHz x 1 counter Encoder O FE 000000 Fe q D O O Note The user setting in the PLC Setup determines if each input is a quick response input
8. I O Connecting Cable seh GB HR A ton gt gt Serial PLC Link HUN Ndo edA vN N ue Burst uoneiunBjuo wajs s oIseg Z L Z ncn CP1W CN81 1 H Precautions for Correct Use For CP1E CPU Units the following I O memory area will be unstable after a power interruption e DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM function e Holding Area H e Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C e Auxiliary Area related to clock functions A Mount the CP1W BATO 1 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the above areas need to be retained after a power interruption A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 3 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 2 CPU Units This section describes the models of CP1E CPU Units 2 2 1 CPU Unit Models The CP1E CPU Unit model numbers are configured as shown below Power supply A AC power supply CP1E LILILIDLI LI D DC power sup
9. Accessibility for Operation and Maintenance e To ensure safe access for operation and maintenance separate the PLC as much as possible from high voltage equipment and moving machinery e The PLC will be easiest to install and operate if it is mounted at a height of 1 0 to 1 6 m above the floor NWARNING Do not touch the power supply or the area around the I O terminals while power is being supplied or immediately after power has been turned OFF Doing so may result in burns Precautions for Correct Use After the power supply has been turned OFF wait until the PLC has sufficiently cooled before touching it 5 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring e Improving Noise Resistance Leave space between the CP1E and control panel or other devices to allow adequate dissipation of heat generated by the power supply e Do not mount the PLC in a control panel containing high voltage equipment e Install the PLC at least 200 mm 6 5 feet from power lines Power Line 200 mm min SYSMAC CP1E 200 mm min e Ground the mounting plate between the PLC and the mounting surface e Temperature Control The ambient operating temperature around the CP1E must be between 0 and 55 C Observe the fol lowing precautions e Provide enough space for good air flow e Do not install the PLC above equipment that generates a large amount
10. e Positioning is possible with Trapezoidal Acceleration and Deceleration Trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration can be used for positioning using the PULSE OUTPUT PLS2 instruction e Jogging Can Be Performed Jogging can be performed by executing the SPED or ACC instruction Origin Searches and Origin Returns Can Be Performed Using the ORIGIN SEARCH Instruction An accurate origin search combining all I O signals can be executed with a single instruction It is also possible to move directly to an established origin using the ORIGIN SEARCH ORG instruc tion i PWM Outputs for Transistor Output CPU Units Lighting and power control can be performed by outputting variable duty ratio pulse PWM output sig nals from the CPU Unit s built in outputs Built in RS 232C Port for N NA type CPU Units The N NA type CPU Units have one built in RS 232C port as a standard feature CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 Overview and Specifications Jj Mounting Serial Option Boards to N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units One Serial Communications Option Board with one RS 232C port or one RS 422A 485 port can be added to an N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit With the serial communications port it is easy to connect to general components such as barcode readers and other components such as PTs other CP series PLCs and Inverters NS series PT Barcode Reader etc F
11. 1 analog output 0 to 5V 1 to 5V O to 10V 10V to 10V Inverter etc 0 to 20mA 4 to 20mA e A range of applications is at a resolution of 6 000 e Application is also possible for process control sensor input or inverter control without using Expan sion I O Units CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 7 L O U m Oo lt D soinyee4 c L L 1 Overview and Specifications 1 2 Basic Operating Procedure In general use the following procedure 1 Setting Devices and Hardware Connect the CPU Unit Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Set the DIP switches on the Option Board and Expansion Units as required Refer to Section 3 Part Names and Functions and Section 5 Installation and Wiring in the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 2 Wiring Wire the power supply I O and communications Refer to Section 5 Installation and Wiring in the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 3 Connecting Online to the PLC Connect the personal computer online to the PLC Refer to Section 4 Programming Device in the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 4 O Allocations Allocations for built in I O on the CPU Unit are predetermined and memory is allocated automatically to Expansion I O Units and Expansion Un
12. o Se Compatible CX i Saved pro Unit version of Support for Applicable Product Programmer gram file Reference Tr vercione CP1E CPU Unit Smart Input eXICHSIOR Retna CPU Unit CX Programmer WS02 Version 8 2 or Version 1 0 Not CXP Refer to the CP1E LI20DLI L CX One CXPC1 V8 higher See note supported CX Program CP1E LI30DLI L mer Operation CP1E LIAODLI L WS02 Version 9 03 or Version 1 0 Supported Manual Cat All units are sup CXPC1 V9 higher d No W446 porte Micro PLC Edition WSO2 Version 8 2 or Version 1 0 Not GAP Described in CP1E LI20DLI L CX Programmer CXPC2 V8 higher supported this section CP1E LISODLI L CX One Lite CP1E LIA4O0DLI L WS02 Version 9 03 or Version 1 0 Supported All units are sup CXPC2 V9 higher ported CX Programmer WS02 Version 1 0 Version 1 0 Supported CXE for CP1E CXPC3 CP1E 020D0 0 Note To use CX Programmer version 8 2 with a CP1E CPU Unit the CX One version 3 auto update must be installed CP1E O30D0 0 e The CX Programmer for CP1E and CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite can be used at the same time CP1E O40D0 0 e The CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite and the CX Programmer for CP1E can be installed on the same computer and both applications can be run at the same time y Precautions for Correct Use e This section describes the unique applications and functions of the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher C
13. 2 10 2 3 1 Expandable CPUS ers onm see ce eases tear sh seee hese ERREME SS 2 10 2 3 2 Connection Methods 0 ccc eee ees 2 10 2 3 3 Maximum Number of I O Points for an Expansion I O Unit or Expansion ENE ENE EEE NE 2 10 2 3 4 Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units 000 eee 2 11 2 3 5 Restrictions on System Configuration 0 0 cee eee 2 13 Unit Current Consumption and External Power Supply Capacity 2 15 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected 0 2 0 0 cece eee rn nine 2 15 2 4 2 Current Consumption 0 ccc eee eee ees 2 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 1 Basic System Configuration This section describes the system configurations using E type and N NA type CP1E CPU Units 2 1 1 Basic System Configuration Using an E type CPU Unit The system configuration when using a CP1E E type CPU Unit is shown below CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units DIN Track O S T o 0 I gt fre e m PRS pe DE REN games Bi EN o gt A seoeeo 00000 m oP
14. 7 2 7 1 1 Tools Required for Inspections 00 eee eee eee 7 2 7 1 2 Periodic INSDeCCUGN piacere 2 2 0 2222 282 3 Fired Ef aub o Tad peace EN 7 2 7 1 3 Inspection and Maintenance wes owes la cows cR Wee dens x RR tas s 7 3 7 1 4 Unit Replacement Precautions 3 329 essens wed en Ros Eee saken 7 4 7 2 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units 7 5 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 1 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 1 Periodic Maintenance and Inspection This section describes periodic inspections and maintenance of CP1E PLCs Daily or periodic inspections are required in order to maintain the PLC s functions in peak operating condition 7 1 1 Tools Required for Inspections e Required Tools e Phillips screwdrivers e Voltage tester or digital voltmeter e Industrial alcohol and clean cotton cloth e Tools Required Occasionally e Synchroscope e Oscilloscope with pen plotter e Thermometer and hygrometer humidity meter 7 1 2 Periodic Inspection Although the major components in CP series PLCs have an extremely long life time they can deterio rate under improper environmental conditions Periodic inspections are thus required to ensure that the required conditions are being kept Inspection is recommended at least once every six months to a year but more frequent inspections will be necessary in adverse environments Take immediate steps to correc
15. A 40 RS 422A Conversion Unit hYaarriije S A 39 DIMENSIONS TC aai A 40 DIP Switch for operation settings A 39 Electrical specifications u c ooi c tora etre eis A 39 RS 422A 485 Option Board 2 7 3 17 Blaa oa 223095299 52 1 000600090 ES A 4 S Serial communications csse A 29 Serial Communications Port ccccseeeecsseeeeeeeseeeeees 3 16 Serial PLC LIOKS ecn ursi pnGcE o th arn oak aD tende A 32 Service life of relays SPU Ul T 3 12 Expansion I O Unit aceites oto items aont onta 3 25 Specifications Analog VO UN sso neentnbo sente douane canit rbreRsedueu ane casE 8 21 Analog Input LAN m 8 3 Analog Output VAL Luusme nanatemadttnstening 8 13 oi ciere PS 1 10 CompoBus S I O Link Unit 8 52 Functional specifications noie entes 1 12 General specifications rrrnrrnnrrrnrnnnnnvrnrnnnnrrnnnnnn 1 9 Temperature Sensor Unit ssssssus 8 35 Support Software ae secrsscreticentatendacuardcorniatiacadueceticeccccees 2 9 Surface installation cccccccseseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeees 5 8 System configuration E type CPU NUI 2 2 Expansion system configuration 2 10 N NA type CPU Unit rrrrnnnnnnrnonrrnnnrrnnnnnnnrnvnnnnnrennn 2 3 Restrictions on system configuration
16. 0 02A 6309 max 0 09A 575g max 0 02A 5459 max ETE Tu me I CP1E N40DT D Sinking tran 0 31A sistors CP1E N40DT1 D Sourcing 0 31A transistors CPU Unit with 60 I O Points CP1E N60DR A 36 24 AC power 0 21A CP1E N60DT A supply e Sinking tran 0 31A a DER sistor See MV CP1E N60DT1 A Sourcing 0 31A OOEEENES transistor 0 02A 5459 max 0 13A 8509 max 0 02A 790g max 0 02A 790g max 0 13A 720g max 0 02A 670g max CP1E N60DT D Sinking tran 0 31A sistor CP1E N60DT1 D NA type CPU Units Number of built in I O Built in Current points consumption Name and appearance Model number Number Number Supp IY Output Program DN AE Weight Total of specifica type capacity capacity l tions VDC VDC inputs outputs CPU Unit with 20 I O CP1E NA20DR A 20 12 2 1 AC power Relays 8K steps 8K words 0 18A 0 11A 680g Points and Built in Analog supply 100 max to 240 VAC CP1E NA20DT D Sinking 0 23A 0 09A 500g pr seen d CP1E NA20DT1 D Sourcing 0 23A 0 09A 500g ie sees j transistor max Sourcing 0 31A transistor 0 02A 670g max N Ja 2 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 2 2 Optional Products Optional Products for CPU Units Current Name and appearance Model number Applications consumption
17. m 4 8 4 2 1 Connecting Dy USB NE RE T UU E UU MTM 4 8 4 2 2 Tete Tale MeS B DIVE enc SE 4 9 Section 5 Installation and Wiring ST Falksafe COC NS verre 5 2 EN iio EE EE 5 3 5 2 1 re suene OC ii elp MT 5 3 5 2 2 RUT VE 01005 EEE TE EEE 5 6 5 2 3 ESTEN M EE EE PEE 5 7 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units renrrnnrrrnvnnnnrenvrnnnrvrnrnnnrrnvnnnnrennnnnsnnennn 5 12 5 MING 5 14 5 3 1 MUNO Be OCS OEIC EE EE 5 14 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply and Ground Lines oar territori rank inm eee 5 14 5 3 3 HOR WMA c VEE EE NN NE E 5 17 5 3 4 Wiring Safety and Noise Controls a acesinecueisabeaioctaieepdatinanneinacatiebnciinnca ectaanangminciinsedicuaaisedaciabamsion aetanes 5 21 5 3 5 Relay Output Noise Reduction MethodS iii iiss csoeraungsimuddabtasnteaciesndicsassnutidddutenaheedeatedls ald cf ttac a rutru 5 22 Section 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 Troubleshooting CPU Unit Errors sasssssssnsnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm nnna 6 2 6 1 1 ETEN 6 2 6 1 2 PENNEN a T 6 2 6 1 3 Checking Detailed Ke EE NE 6 3 6 1 4 Reading Error Log Information NEM TEE 6 3 6 1 5 1 ENN 6 5 6 1 6 EP 6 6 6 1 7 No Operation When Power Is Supplied ccccsescececeseeeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeesaaaeeeesseaeeeseeseeeeesaaeeereess 6 7 6 1 8 EEG TO EE T EG 6 7 6 1 9 OPU ENDI 6 11 FIT VE
18. PLC Setup CPU Unit parameters CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 3 4 Programming Device 4 1 3 Operating Environment and System Configuration The following system is required to operate the CX Programmer Make sure your system provides the following conditions and has the necessary components Item Description Supported computer IBM PC AT or equivalent CD ROM or DVD ROM drive One or more Supported operating systems Windows Vista Windows XP Windows 2000 Service Pack 2 or later CPU Pentium II 333 MHz or faster RAM 256 MB min 512 MB or more recommended Required hard disk space 600 MB min Display 800 x 600 SVGA min PLC and connection port USB port 4 1 4 Features of the CX Programmer Simple Menu Configuration e With two menu levels menu commands can be easily found e Options have been simplified i Smart Input Mode That Automatically Displays Candidates Automatic Instruction Candidate Function When the first letter of the instruction mnemonic is input possible instructions are automatically dis played FEE Example Press the M Key Instructions starting with M will be displayed 4 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device Automatic Address Increment Function The addresses are automatically incremented to the addresses input last time by 1 The addresses of inputs and outputs are incremented by 1 respectively
19. Expansion Functions sup I O refresh I O Units ported by both ing and Expansion I O Unit Expansion and Expansion Unit Load OFF function Units 1 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 Overview and Specifications Function Description Power sup Memory protection Holding Area data DM Area data Counter Completion Flags and Counter ply man Present Values are held even when power is turned OFF agement This function is valid only when an optional battery is mounted Number of power interruptions counter The number of times power has been interrupted is counted Debugging Online editing The program can be changed during operation in MONITOR mode or PRO GRAM mode Differentiate monitoring ON OFF changes in specified bits can be monitored Storing the stop position at errors The location and task number where execution stopped for a program error is recorded Program check The programs can be checked for items such as no END instruction and FALS FAL errors at startup Self diag Error Log Details and the time of occurance of error codes predefined by the CPU Unit nosis and are stored restoration CPU error detection CPU Unit WDT errors are detected User defined failure diagnosis Errors can be generated for user specified conditions Non fatal errors FAL and fatal errors FALS Load OFF function The built in outputs Expansion I O Unit outputs and Expansion Unit outputs are turned OFF
20. No lt U o e b Internal ra circuits Internal circuits 1 Also do not exceed 0 9 A for the total of CIO 100 00 to CIO 100 03 which are different common 2 The bits that can be used depend on the model of CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 13 3 Part Names and Functions y Precautions for Correct Use Do not connect a load to an output terminal or apply a voltage in excess of the maximum switch ing capacity e Pulse Outputs CIO 100 00 and CIO 100 01 Item Specification Maximum switching capacity 100 mA 4 5 to 26 4 VDC Minimum switching capacity 7 mA 4 5 to 26 4 VDC Maximum output frequency 100 kHz Output waveform OFF 90 l l ON d095ecd p emen EA seen l 4us min 2us min EN Additional Information e The load for the above values is assumed to be the resistive load and does not take into account the impedance for the connecting cable to the load e Due to distortions in pulse waveforms resulting from connecting cable impedance the pulse widths in actual operation may be smaller than the values shown above e PWM Output CIO 100 01 Item Specification Maximum switching capacity 30 mA 4 5 to 26 4 VDC Maximum output frequency 32 kHz PWM output accuracy For ON duty 1 0 10 kHz output For ON duty 5 0 0 to 32 kHz output Output waveform OFF ON ON duty E x 10096 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names
21. 5 Installation and Wiring 5 3 Wiring This section describes wiring methods for the CPU Unit 5 3 1 Wiring Procedure Make sure that the power supply is OFF before beginning wiring 1 Prepare the parts required for wiring Prepare crimp terminals and cables for wiring V 2 Connect the power supply terminals Connect power supply to power supply Refer to 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply terminals L1 and L2 N and Ground Lines V l Ground to 100 Q or less Refer to 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply 3 Ground the ground terminal J and Ground Lines V 4 Connect the input terminals Connect sensors and switches to the Refer to 5 3 3 I O Wiring terminals 5 Connect the output terminals Connect loads to the terminals Refer to 5 3 3 I O Wiring 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply and Ground Lines i Wiring AC Power Supply and Ground 100 to 240 VAC 50 60 Hz GR Protective ground terminal Ground to 100 Q or less e Wire a separate circuit for the power supply circuit so that there is no voltage drop from the inrush current or startup current that flows when other equipment is turned ON e When several CP1E PLCs are being used it is recommended to wire the PLCs on separate cir cuits to prevent a voltage drop from the inrush current or incorrect operation of the circuit breaker 5 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring AC Power Supply Wiring e Use twisted pair power sup
22. 6 Output of a specific bit 1 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct the ladder program number does not turn OFF tions in ladder program indicator lit 2 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 7 Output irregularly turns 1 Low or unstable load voltage Adjust load voltage to within ON OFF rated range 2 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program so that each tions in ladder program output bit is controlled by only one instruction 3 Malfunction due to noise Take protective measures against noise such as e Install surge protector e Install insulation transformer e Use shielded cables between the output terminal and the load 4 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws g Error occurs in units of 8 1 Common terminal screws are loose Tighten screws points or 16 points i e for 2 An overcurrent possibly caused bya Replace Unit the same common short at the load resulted in a blown fuse for the output 3 Faulty data bus Replace Unit 4 Faulty CPU Replace CPU Unit 9 Output indicator does not Faulty indicator Replace Unit light during normal opera tion 6 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 3 Built in Analog ERR ALM indicator is lit A non fatal error has occurred Refer to 6 1 10 Analog Input 1 Conversion data does not 1 The input is not set for being Check PLC setup set analog input to change
23. This is a connection cable to connect the adjacent CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit For extended connections or vertical arrangements use the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm Output terminals Used to connect output devices Input indicators Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Output indicators Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the output is ON CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions l Terminal Arrangements The first word of input words allocated to the Expansion I O Unit is indicated by CIO m and the first word of the output words by CIO n 20 point I O Units CP1W 20EDL m e Input Unit Upper Terminal Block E 2 o COM Common terminal o COM 01 03 05 07 11 omj ot os os o7 on 11 NC No connection c CIO m v e Output Unit Lower Terminal Block COM Common terminal elo ulate Eoucon ron vs Jeou os CIO n 00to 07 Output terminal 40 point I O Units CP1W 40EDL e Input Unit Upper Terminal Block ia n Co ITI X D D 2 o o 2 O E m o CIO m CIO m 1 CIO m CIO m 1 COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal NC No connection e Output Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n CIO
24. lon Vcc Vn 1 5 PL C internal residual voltage R When lon is smaller than lour min connect a bleeder resistor R The bleeder resistor constant can be calculated as follows R lt Vcc Vn leur min lon Power W2 Vcc V amp g R x 4 allowable margin 3 Relation between current when the PLC is OFF and sensor leakage current loFF2lieak Connect a bleeder resistor if leak is greater than lorr Use the following equation to calculate the bleeder resistance constant R lt Rin x Vorr lieakxRin Vorr Power W2 Vcc Vn 2 R x 4 allowable margin C Two wire sensor E C DC Input Unit Vcc Power voltage Vr Sensor output residual voltage Von PLC ON voltage lout Sensor control current load current Voff PLC OFF voltage lon PLC ON current lleak Sensor leakage current loff PLC OFF current R Bleeder resistance Rin PLC input impedance 4 Precautions on Sensor Inrush Current An incorrect input may occur due to sensor inrush current if a sensor is turned ON after the PLC has started up to the point where inputs are possible Determine the time required for sensor operation to stabilize after the sensor is turned ON and take appropriate measures such as inserting into the program a timer delay after turn ing ON the sensor CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 19 7 e 5 BuulM O I S 5 Installation and Wiring e Programming Example In this example the senso
25. 0 mA 4 to 20 mA The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 4 to 20 mA Conversion Data Hexadecimal Decimal 1770 189C 7FFF 6000 6300 The entire output range is 3 2 to 20 8 mA 8 2 4 Flow of Operation 1 2 Create a ladder program 1770 189C 7FFF 6000 Conversion Data Hexadecimal 6300 Decimal Connect Analog Output Units Wire to analog input devices Write range code to output words n 1 n 2 e Set use of outputs e Select output signals using range codes Write D A conversion values to output words n 1 to n 4 e Writing D A Conversion Data CPU Unit Ladder program gt Writes the range code Writes the converted values CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Analog Output Unit Range code outputs 1 2 Range code outputs 3 4 Analog output 1 conversion value Analog output 2 conversion value Analog output 3 conversion value Analog output 4 conversion value a a B I Where n is the last output word Analog input devices Adjustment equipment Servo Controller Variable speed device Recorder Other I allocated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit 8 15 qo N gt 5 Oo amp O c p c e c 3
26. D c O 2 Precautions for Correct Use The 8 bits of I O data are not always transmitted simultaneously e 8 bits of data transmitted from the Master CPU Unit at the same time will not always reach the CP1E CPU Unit e 8 bits of data transmitted from the CP1E CPU Unit at the same time will not always reach the Master CPU Unit simultaneously When the 8 bits of input data must be read together modify the ladder program in the CPU Unit receiving the data For example read the input data twice in succession and accept the data only when the two values match CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 53 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 54 EN Additional Information e Unused bits in the CompoBus S I O Link Unit s output words can be used as work bits e Unused bits in input word cannot be used as work bits 2 Determine the node number and make DIP switch settings 1 Determining Node Number e The CompoBus S I O Link Unit is a Slave Unit with 8 input bits and 8 output bits The node number setting is made using the DIP switch the inputs and outputs share the same node number e The range of possible node number settings is determined by the type of PLC the Master Unit is mounted to and the settings on the Master Unit For details refer to the CompoBus S Operation Manual Cat No W266 2 Making DIP Switch Settings Use the DIP switch to set the CompoBus S I O Link Units node number communication
27. Non fatal error System FAL error detection This function generates a non fatal FAL error when the user defined condi detection User defined non fatal error tions are met in program Backup memory error detection This function detects when data in the backup memory built in EEPROM that stores the ladder program is corrupted PLC Setup error detection This function detects setting errors in the PLC Setup Option Board errors This function detects when the Option Board is malfunctioning or discon nected Battery error detection N NA type This function detects when the battery voltage is low or the battery is discon CPU Units only nected This function is valid only when a battery is mounted and the Do not detect battery error Check Box is cleared in the PLC Setup Built in analog errors NA type CPU This function detects built in analog I O errors Units only Fatal Error Detec Memory error detection This function detects errors that occur in memory of the CPU Unit Hon I O bus error detection This function detects errors that occur during data transfer between the CPU Unit and another Unit Detection of too many I O points This function detects when more than the maximum number of CP1W Expan sion I O Units and Expansion Units are connected to the PLC Program error detection This function detects when there is an error in the program See the following for details Instruction processing error This function detect
28. When the input output exceeds the specified range the AD DA converted data will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit 8 22 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e Analog I O Signal Ranges 10 to 10 V Voltages in the 10 to 10 V range corre Converted Data spond to hexadecimal values F448 to 0BB8 Hexadecimal Decimal 3 000 to 3 000 The range of data that can be converted is F31C to OCE4 hex 3 300 to 3 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement OCE4 3300 OBB8 3000 11V 10V 0000 0 OV 10V 11V F448 3000 F31C 3300 0 to 10V Voltages in the O to 10 V range correspond Converted Data to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to pe seein 6 000 The range of data that can be con verted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s 189C 6300 1770 6000 complement e OO 0 5 V 0000 0 gt OV 10V 10 5V D amp FED4 300 O c 0to5V 3 Voltages in the O to 5 V range correspond to Converted Data hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to Hexadecimal Decimal 6 000 The range of data that can be con 189C 6300 verted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 1770 6000 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement 0 oV 5V 5 25 V M M Co CoD O D Q O S O 5 D FED4 300 CP
29. current input Analog Input Terminal Block Terminal Block Current Input Current Output Analog input 1 common IINO AG IIN1 VINO COMO VIN1 COM1 Analog input device Voltage input Analog output device Voltage output Analog output device Current output Note 1 Use 2 conductor shielded twisted pair cable for the Ajer tg o wiring and do not connect the shield AG termi Current input nal 2 If an input is not being used connect short the input s and terminals 3 Wire I O lines apart from power lines AC power sup ply lines three phase power lines etc 4 If noise is received from power supply lines insert a noise filter in the power supply input section 5 When noise disturbs the analog input output cable install the core to improve anti noise performance A 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices A 2 2 Expansion I O Units The first input word allocated to the Expansion I O Unit is shown as CIO m and the first output word is shown as ClO n i 8 point Input Unit Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Outputs not provided Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO m The COM terminals on the upper terminal block and the COM terminals on the lower terminal block are internally connected but they must also be wired externally n P 8 point Output Un
30. e 1 bit for a bit address e 1 word for a word address Example When the previous address was WO 01 eeeeceserecee Vhe address is automatically VT m incremented and WO 02 is displayed ey e ne PP He He Me He Oe I L gt OD a o fo 2 D U Oo Q fo 3 3 3 e a o O 0 o A Oo O U m e System defined Symbol List Condition Flags are also displayed in a list as candidates Automatic Symbol Candidate Function B Lo EIE 100 02 P Auxiliary Relay Area ys Tl Condition flags are displayed o Address Name Comment in a list as candidates 0 CF113 P On Always ON Flag c 1 CF114 P Off Always OFF Flag D 2 CF102 P 1s 1 0 second clock p N 3 CF103 P 02s D 02 second clock Oo 4 CF100 P 01s 0 1 second clock p h 5 CF101 P_0_2s 0 2 second clock p s 6 CF104 P 1min 1 minute clock puls m 7 CFOO6 P EG Equals EQ Flag 8 CFOO5 P_GT Greater Than GT O 9 CFOO FP LT Less Than LT Flag X 0 O Q 3 D 3 3 D um When inputting symbol names symbol candidates are automatically displayed based on the first letter Example Enter 1 LD EM J dsiliary Relay Area The symbols with addresses that start with an 1 are displayed in a list Address Name Comment 1 01 SW Start 1 02 Sw Stop 10 01 SENSOR Left 10 02 SENSOR Right 100 00 LAMP Blue 100 01 LAMP Green 100 02 LAMP Red 100 03 LAMP Ye
31. i Terminal Arrangements e Input Arrangement AC Power Supply CP1E LISODLI A CIO 0 CIO 1 L1 L2 N Power supply terminal La L2N cov o1 03 o5 o7 09 t1 ot 08 os COM Common terminal amp 00 02 04 06 08 10 00 o2 04 NC 00 to 11 Input terminal TN Functional ground terminal CP1E LI40DLI A e Protective ground terminal NC No connection CIO 0 CIO 1 ai Teo T Jos Tr T Es Jor os os TT os ss oe os oo 6 Joo e e o o 6 CP1E N60DLI A V INO VIN1 Analog voltage Input INO IN1 Analog current Input COMO COM1 Common terminal for analog AG Analog OV CIO 0 CIO 1 CIO 2 Lamfcom o1 os o o7 o 11 ror o8 05 o7 o m J ot 08 os o7 of 11 Aa o 02 os 06 os 10 00 o2 os os os 10 00 02 om o os 10 CP1E NA20DR A CIO 0 CIO 90 CIO 91 DC Power Supply CP1E NS3ODLI D Power supply terminal COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal CIO 0 CIO 1 NC No connection Protective ground terminal CP1E NAODLI D V INO VIN1 Analog voltage Input INO FINT Analog current Input COMO COM 1 Common terminal for analog CIO 0 CIO 1 AG Analog OV CP1E N60DLI D CIO 0 CIO 1 CIO 2 CP1E NA20DLI D CIO 0 CIO 90 CIO 91 3 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Output Arrangement AC Power Supply CP1E LISODLI A Ext
32. 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA e The Analog Output Unit uses four output words 8 2 2 Part Names and Functions e CP1W DA041 CP1W DA041 3 Expansion connector OUT1 VOUT2 COM2 1 ours VOUT4 COM4 N voura COM3 I OUT4 NC 2 Expansion I O connecting cable IPA NEPPE 1 Analog output terminals 1 Analog Output Terminals Connected to analog input devices e O Terminal Arrangement Am V OUT1 Voltage output 1 OUT1 Current output 1 G9 69 69 69 COM1 Output common 1 mn en mn mms mm mm V OUT2 Voltage output 2 OUT2 Current output 2 Sin COM2 Output common 2 j or V OUT3 Voltage output 3 OUT3 Current output 3 COM3 Output common 3 V OUT4 Voltage output 4 OUT4 Current output 4 COM4 Output common 4 2 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector on the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit The cable is provided with the Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 3 Expansion Connector Connected to the next Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit 8 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 2 3 Specifications CP1W DA041 Analog Output Units are connected to a CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W DA041 Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Analog Output Unit
33. 24 VDC Q life of load relay Inductive 100 000 operations 240 VAC cos 0 4 E 3 load o 20 000 000 operations S ON response time 15 ms max 7 OFF response time 15 ms max Circuit configuration Internal circuits 250 VAC 2A 24 VDC 2A max e Estimating the Service Life of Relays The service life of output contacts is as shown in the following diagram is no BA O ep D D Oo O c5 ct O 5 7 Ji20vacresistiveload p2avDor 7me 120 VAC COS9 0 4 ZU on T ae Gb jr da N 24 VDC 240 VAC resistive load Life x 10 ptt Pes tt mene po tt Pt LL LLLI Switching frequency 1 800 operations hour 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 5 O7 1 2 3 5 Contact current A e Restrictions of CP1W 16ER 32ER Limit the output load current to satisfy the following derating curve CP1W 16ER 32ER Output load current 100 50 43 55 Ambient temperature C CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 25 3 Part Names and Functions e CP1W 32ER s maximum number of simultaneously ON output points is 24 75 Relation between Number of ON Outputs and Ambient Temperature CP1W 32ER Number of inputs ON simultaneously 75 59 Ambient temperature C According to the ambient temperature there are restrictions on power supply voltage and output load current for the CPU Units connected with the Expansion I O Units CP1W 8ER 16ER 20EDR1 32ER 40EDR Use the
34. C before the Battery fails assuming that power has been supplied at least once a day You can prevent losing data in the RAM by ensuring that the CPU Unit power is not turned OFF until the Battery is replaced Wi Precautions for Correct Use e The low battery message will appear on the CX Programmer and the Battery Error Flag A402 04 will turn ON only if the Detect Low Battery parameter in the PLC Setup has been set to detect a low Battery error If this setting has not been made Battery errors will not be detected e The Battery will discharge faster at higher temperatures e g 4 days at 40 C and 2 days at 55 C e Replacement Battery Name Battery Set Model CP1W BATO1 Precautions for Correct Use Be sure to install a replacement Battery within two years of the production date shown on the Battery s label Production Date OMRON CP1W BATO1 09 03 Manufactured in March 2009 7 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 Maintenance and Inspection l Replacing the Battery Use the following procedure to replace the Battery when the previous Battery has become completely discharged Precautions for Safe Use We recommend replacing the Battery with the power OFF to prevent the CPU Unit s sensitive internal components from being damaged by static electricity The Battery can be replaced with out turning OFF the power supply To do so always touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge static electr
35. EPP zin ee gt J xe O EE O oJ Ww Ww we O GPIB EDA 20 or 40 I O Points Analog I O ORRE BM PC AT or equivalent Analog inputs Analog outputs CompoBus S I O Link Unit o be E feer 1 Up to 3 Units can be connected idi g e When a two level layout is created by expansion and distance is required CP1E E10DD O CP1E E14DLI A Expansion Units and I O Connecting Cable CP1E E20D0 A CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units ig ok STE IE CP1W CN811 A og Ea m 5 1 aa i i i o ETT anon 5 Luiz rur d a5 SF pocococadack m lt 8 g S oa fS E ES ESES ES ES ES EXE Io 2E o O0 o Precautions for Correct Use For CP1E CPU Units the following I O memory area will be unstable after a power interruption e DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM function e Holding Area H e Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C e Auxiliary Area related to clock functions A Mount the CP1W BATO 1 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the above areas need
36. However some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice When in doubt special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes even when tolerances are shown PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of OMRON s test conditions and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Safety Precautions Definition of Precautionary Information The following notation is used in this manual to provide precautions required to ensure safe usage of a CP series PLC The safety precautions that are provided are extremely important to safety Always read and heed the information provided in all safety precautions Indicates an imminently hazardous
37. MAE Vee 3 3 3 7 Checking errors ans 6 2 Communications errors usse 6 14 10r m 6 11 ziii mM ND Ps 6 5 Fatal errors m C 6 7 Non fatal errors rnrrnnnnnrnrnnnnvnnnnnnnnrnvvnnnnvrnnnnnnnenn 6 12 Inductive 10908 X 5 21 PO Qo 5 EEE OS 6 15 Inspection and maintenance sees 7 3 Installation and Wiring Products je cm 2 8 Installation height EE nur ma POKUee 5 7 Installing the software eseeeeeeees 4 7 Installing the USB Driver 4 9 Iguziicuorid1 o h i r 3 10 L Low Voltage Directive eeessseee esses 24 M Maximum number of I O Points 1 10 2 10 Memory MO seduiedeueso sein ue Duiidn ko hsicue ses cU iuo SE Mp dk Uu 6 5 6 8 Modbus RTU Easy Master function A 31 Model 10 9 ONS EE EE ET 2 4 Models ERU VU MORENO 2 4 Expansion I O Unit rrrrnnnrrnnrrrvrrnnnrrvvvnnnrernvnnnrrennn 2 11 Expansion UN Lassen 2 12 Installation and Wiring Products 2 8 Optional Products eec inen soos esas ace epe ae pU ee 2 7 Mounting hole pitch navcrnesarndexcndenehoniepetamesivedatnanmmneanrans 5 10 N N NA type CPU Ul 1 2 Basic system configuration ssssssss 2 3 E10 14 20 or N14
38. Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 e ponen en s om ee e e or e Dee fo o ole opu oo Tou Pee To CIO n CIO n 1 Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 2 CIO n 3 o or Te To T os oo Lor 5 oo fre ae eonfconfooufoul e or Joos ons or CIO n 2 CIO n 3 COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal NC No connection CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 21 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 3 Expansion I O Units I Part Names and Functions Units with 20 I O Points CP1W 20EDR1 EDT EDT1 A Input indicators G Input terminals 2Expansion I O connecting cable SJExpansion connector 3 Output terminals 6 Output indicators Units with 40 I O Points CP1W 40 EDR EDT EDT1 A Input indicators G Input terminals 2Expansion I O sot pepe pe connecting cable Z cHe e e e e e oe e oo 0 4 05 06 07 08 09 10 17 0 0 o 0 o cHe e e e e e e oe e o o o 00 o 02 o3 o4 05 o 0 Og OG 1 11 me e e e e e e o 0 o 02 os o4 05 OG 07 SJExpansion connector 6 Output indicators Function Input terminals Used to connect input devices 2 Expansion I O connecting cable 4 5 Expansion connector 6 3 22
39. V IN4 Voltage input 4 INA Current input 4 COMA Input common 4 Note For current inputs short V IN1 to I IN1 V IN2 to I IN2 V INS to I IN3 and V IN4 to I IN4 e Wiring Methods 2 core shielded pu He EE Analog device with voltage output Example Connection to input 1 for voltage input Connection to input 2 for current input Current output A 24 2 core shielded ee Ea Educ VIN Analog device with current output CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices CP1W DA041 Analog Output Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams Output Terminal Arrangement V OUT1 Voltage output 1 OUT 1 Current output 1 COM1 Output common 1 V OUT2 Voltage output 2 OUT2 Current output 2 COM2 Output common 2 V OUT3 Voltage output 3 OUT3 Current output 3 COM3 Output common 3 V OUT4 Voltage output 4 OUT4 Current output 4 COM4 Output common 4 e Wiring Methods 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable RER Analog Example Connection to output 1 for voltage output Voltage Connection to output 2 for current output CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 25 sweibeig Bulli Z Y i n C ITI X D D 2 o O 2 C 2 o Appendices I CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams e O Terminal Arrangement V OUT Voltage output OUT
40. i Errors Created with FALS Instructions Cause Remedy FALS instruction executed C100 hex will be added to the FALS number 001 to 1FF hex and the result will fatal error in the program be stored in A400 as the error code C100 to C2FF hex Check the conditions for executing FALS instructions and remove any causes for the user defined error e Reference Error flag FALS Error Flag A401 06 Error code A400 C101 to G2FF Error information 6 10 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 9 CPU Errors e CPU Unit Indicators Q Not lit X Flashing X Lit POWER L RUN ERR AL INH Irrelevant PRPHL BKUP A CPU error or fatal error may have occurred if the ERR ALM indicator lights during operation RUN mode or MONITOR mode the RUN indicator turns OFF and operation stops i CPU Unit Errors o L zi Oo c i3 0 gt O Oo et 5 O U c c 3 m Oo 0 Cause Remedy A WDT watchdog error occurred in the CPU Cycle the power supply Unit The Unit may be faulty Consult your OMRON representative This does not occur in normal use P e Reference b Error flag x Error code A400 3 7 Error information Note Just as when a CPU error occurs the RUN indicator will turn OFF and the ERR ALM indicator will light when a fatal error occurs Connecting the CX Programmer however is possible for fatal errors but not
41. used Use and restart CP1E CPU Unit 2 The input wiring is wrong Correct wiring according to 3 1 3 3 The input device is not working Using a tester check to see if the input voltage or current is changing there is a disconnection Check A434 00 ADO or A434 01 AD1 flug open circuit disconnec tion 2 Value does not change as 1 The input signal range setting is Correct the input signal range setting intended wrong and restart CP1E CPU Unit 2 The input device s signal range Check the specifications of the input does not match the input signal device match the settings for the range for the relevant input num input signal ranges and restart CP1E ber at the CP1E CPU Unit CPU Unit 3 When using the 4 mA to 20 mA Short VIN and I IN terminal range the VIN and I IN terminal is not shorten 3 Conversion values are The input signals are being affected Insert a 0 01 uF to 0 1 uF ceramic Inconsistent by external noise capacitor or film capacitor between the input s VIN I IN and COM termi nals Use averaging function Analog Output 1 Analog output does not 1 The output is not set for being Check PLC setup set analog output change used to Use and restart CP1E CPU Unit 2 The conversion value is set out Set the data within the range side of the permissible range 10 to 10V F448 to OBB8 Hex Other ranges 0000 to 1770 Hex 2 Output does not change as 1 The output signal rang
42. 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 0 9 A common 3 6 A Unit 7 2 A Unit 1 8 A Unit 3 6 A Unit 1 8 A Unit Leakage 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max 0 1 mA max current Residual 1 5 V max 1 5 V max 1 5 V max 1 5 V max 1 5 V max voltage ON response 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms max time OFF response 1 ms max 1 ms max 1 ms max 1 ms max 1 ms max time At 24 VDC 10 At 24 VDC 10 At 24 VDC 10 At 24 VDC 10 At 24 VDC 10 5 5 to 300 mA 5 5 to 300 mA 5 5 t0 300 mA 5 5 to 300 mA 5 5 to 300 mA Maximum 16 points 24 points 8 points 16 points 8 points number of 100 load 100 load 100 load 100 load 100 load simultaneously ON outputs Fuse 2 1 fuse common Circuit Sinking Sourcing configuration ee Outpt 24 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC 24 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC 1 Ifthe ambient temperature is maintained below 50 C up to 0 9 A common can be used A Total current per common 0 50 55 C Ambient temperature 2 The fuse cannot be replaced by the user Replace the Unit if the fuse breaks due to an short circuit or overcur rent Precautions for Safe Use Do not connect a load to an output terminal or apply a voltage in excess of the maximum switch ing Capacity CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 27 X N m gt D fo 3 D O 3 M o c 3 zl 0 suoneoyioeds O I p z 3 Part Names and Functio
43. 00000060 000000 000000 101CH 8 52 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e I O Words Allocation I O words are allocated to the CompoBus S I O Link Unit in the same way as to other Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units i e the next available input and output words are allocated As shown below when m is the last allocated input word and n is the last allocated output word the CompoBus S I O Link Unit is allocated m 1 as its input word and n 1 as its output word CompoBus S I O Link Unit 8 inputs 8 outputs In the following example a CompoBus S l O Link Unit is connected as the first Unit after the CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit with CompoBus S 30 or 40 I O Points I O Link Unit Input words CIO 2 Output words CIO 100 CIO 102 CIO 101 The input word m 1 contains the data from the Master Unit and the CompoBus S communications status 15 09 08 07 00 Word m 1 spun Xur1 O I S sngodwiog G g CompoBus S Communications Error Flag Data from the Master Unit 0 Normal 1 Error CompoBus S Communication Status Flag 0 Stopped 1 Communicating Write the data to be transmitted to the Master Unit in the output word n 1 15 07 00 Word n 1 rat Pit Data to be transferred to the Master Unit T hk I zi O O O D D
44. 10 610 5 c 2 4 Expansiorn d O Uke 3 19 3 22 Common I O specifications 3 24 DE TETTE A 5 DOCS EEE ERR 2 11 Part names and TUNCHONS i suscsusoasusdnanesomuienceasdeed 3 22 Terminal arrangements s 3 23 WIN A 17 Expansion Input Unit Part names and functions rvrrnnnrrrvnnnnrrenvvnnnnnn 3 19 Terminal arrangements eese 3 19 Expansion Output Unit Part names and functions sess 3 20 Terminal arrangements sss 3 21 Expansion system configuration 2 10 Expansion Unit Bia Rio RM T ES A 7 je eT 2 12 Index 1 MINT A 24 External power supply capacity 2 13 2 15 F Fail safe CIPCUItS cccccssecececesseeeceeeeeeeseaeeeeseenseeeeees 5 2 PLATE 6 6 6 12 FALS error menn 6 5 6 10 Fatal errors Cycle time exceeded error 6 5 6 10 FO 6 5 6 10 HOME go oacnssenctedovcancettoncenaniveeineneeeeteneuences 6 5 6 8 Memory Aa 6 5 6 8 Programi GOF RO C 6 5 6 9 Too many I O points error 6 5 6 8 G GOUGING EEE m 5 15 5 16 H High speed counter rrrnrannnrvrvvnnnnvernnnvnvrnnnnnerernnnnnure 3 10 H RE TG EE E E 6 5 6 8 OD Connecting Cable 4 aanesmeisesmermugndeidegdne 2 8 VOR EEE EEE 5 17
45. 2 D uone1edo JO MO 4 t 2 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 1 Connect the Analog Output Unit to the CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit EN Analog Output Unit O o ZB D NN i ss esTer1 IL preger pers een al us Pa J Zo o 2 Wire to analog input devices 1 Wiring internal circuits of the CPU Unit cC NEA I O v our ED Analog output 1 MN OUTI WN COM to p VU V OUT4 m JU O I OUT4 Analog output 4 Y 2 O O G c _ jo I COMA Analog ground NC 2 Wiring analog input devices to the Analog Output Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable V OUT ETER Analog V OUT PX ge F Analog STEKE device Pi iid device with i with voltage cae current input FT input Precautions for Correct Use e Connect the shield to the FG terminal to prevent noise e Separate wiring from power lines AC power supply lines high voltage lines etc e When there is noise in the power supply line install a noise filter on the input section and the power supply 8 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units EN Additional Information When external power is supplied when setting the range code or when there is a power inter rupti
46. 20 8 3 2 Part Names and Functions 3 3 9 9 acm Ema seco bse ece ce ee ec o ar cd 8 20 8 3 3 DOCCIICAIONS saks ke io ow ini Rc ae 8 21 8 3 4 Flow of Operation 0 cee Rn 8 27 8 4 Temperature Sensor Units 8 34 8 4 1 Gc Amm 8 34 8 4 2 Part Names and Functions 2s ssec rrRSGU REG peks TERRAE ER 8 34 8 4 3 Specifications 23 25 2686 deca wee OG weed LALELER AR ER S Sede PEE LE 8 35 8 4 4 Flow of Operation llleleeee Ine 8 35 8 4 5 F trielon Descriptions a xeu dcin B dne 8 o theese ACER der m deen dh 8 44 8 5 CompoBus ST O Link Units uei orR RR DERE ES EE ERR 8 50 8 5 1 s AM 8 50 8 5 2 Part Names and Functions 2398 5 voe Rus Dole RR on e i e cR RE RR a 8 50 0 5 9 OPECNCANONS EE EE EE TOTIS 8 52 8 5 4 PHowobODBSIdlOD lt cecuscereueet dad seerne ORC Roe E Den cea 8 52 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 1 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 1 Analog Input Units 8 1 1 Overview Each CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit provides four analog inputs e The analog input signal ranges are 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA The resolution is 1 6 000 The open circuit detection function is activated in the ranges of 1 to 5 V and 4 to 20 mA e The Analog Input Unit uses four input words and two output words 8 1 2 Part Names and Functions e CP1W AD041 CP1W AD041 3
47. 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Me 2 5 Noise Ne 5 21 Index 2 EV 5 22 A 42 SENG UO EE 5 22 Non fatal errors Backup memory error e eese 6 6 6 12 Battery CO ice E C 6 6 6 13 FLUE 6 6 6 12 Option Board error rvrnnnnnnrvrnnnnnrvvnrnnnrnnnnnnnnee 6 6 6 13 gis 6Re lleE Ido PR 6 6 6 13 No protocol communications eeesussss A 30 NO LUS eee 3 10 NOE ee en a 3 13 EEE A 29 Number of connected Units sees 5 13 Number of Expansion I O Units connected 1 10 2 10 2 13 5 13 Number of simultaneously ON points 2 13 O Operating environment eeseeeeeee eene 4 4 Option Board codec osuere ir etsiee renes ae dien e nee iratis REER 3 16 Option Board GETOL iei eiie so per etie pebussa no ob osan 6 6 6 13 Option Board Sl OK Lu aars sense 3 7 Option Boards DIIS MN 5 Og SE EE ER A 4 Optional Products 110010 2 7 UN M MERE Epi 6 16 Output WING r S 5 20 P Part names and functions Analog V O Eg m 8 20 Analog Input Unit e 8 2 Analog Output DIU ucc duce sadacatanccosuemeseapacnscdaaceaane 8 12 CompoBus S N O Link UN cecsessiscencnetcececsbnetdedsedenes 8 50 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or N
48. 32 output Unit 12 input 8 output Unit 16 output Unit 8 input Unit or 8 out put Unit With E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Add Analog I O or Temperature Inputs by Connecting Expansion Units With an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit a total of up to three of the following Expansion Units can be connected The total of three Units must also include Expansion I O Units Analog I O Unit Analog Input Unit Analog Output Unit Temperature Sensor Units CompoBus S I O Link Unit Quick response Inputs By setting a built in input to quick response input operation inputs with signal widths as small as 50 us can be read with certainty regardless of the cycle time Up to six quick response inputs can be used Quick response signal to photomicrosensor or other device Built in input I O refresh O O Cycle time B ON for one scan in the next cycle Cycle time Can read ON signals shorter than this time I Note The user setting in the PLC Setup determines if each input is a quick response input normal input interrupt input or high speed counter input 1 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 Overview and Specifications I Input Interrupts An interrupt task can be started when a built in input turns ON or turns OFF Up to six interrupt inputs can be used
49. A checksum error has occurred in the Transfer the PLC Setup again PLC Setup e Reference Error flag Memory Error Flag A401 15 Error code A400 80F1 Error information Memory Error Location A403 I O Bus Error An I O bus error has occurred in data transfer between the CPU Units and Units connected to the I O bus Cycle the power supply If operation is not restored when the power supply has been cycled turn OFF the power supply and check that connections are proper and that there is no damage Cause Remedy An error occurred in data transfer e Cycle the power supply between the CPU Unit and an Expansion f the problem persists turn OFF the power supply and check the Unit or Expansion I O Unit Connecting Cables between the Units to see if they are connected A value of OAOA hex will be stored in properly A404 Check the Unit connections to be sure they are ok e g that there is no damage e After correcting the problem turn ON the power to the Units again e Reference Error flag I O Bus Error Flag A401 14 Error code A400 80CA Error information I O Bus Error Details A404 i Too Many I O Points Error The number of CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units connected exceeds the restriction for the number of Units or words for the system configuration Turn OFF the power supply and reconfigure the system within the restrictions Cause The number of CP series Expansion Units and Expansio
50. CPU Units Each CPU Unit can connect one device to pin 6 5V power supply of the CP1W CIFO1 built in HS232C port If one CPU Unit connects two devices a total of up to two Expansion Units can be con nected to the CPU Unit I Restrictions on External Power Supply Capacity The following restrictions apply when using the CPU Unit s external power supply AC power supply E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit The power supply capacity is restricted for AC power supply E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units It may not be possible to use the full 300 mA of the external power supply though a CPU Unit can connect any CP series Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit The entire 300 mA from the external power supply can be used if Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units are not connected Refer to 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are Connected for details AC power supply or DC power supply E10 14 20 N14 20 CPU Unit There is no external power supply on AC power supply or DC power supply E10 14 20 N14 20 CPU Units Restrictions by ambient temperature According to the ambient temperature there are restrictions on power supply voltage and output load current for the DC power supply CPU Units Refer to Output Specifications for Relay Outputs in 3 1 3 Common I O Specifications and in 3 2 4 I O Specifications for details Restrictions on the Number of Simultaneously ON Points Use CP
51. Connect the Unit e Set analog inputs as voltage or current inputs and set the averag ing function 2 e Connect analog I O devices Wire the analog I O 3 Mind the ladder program e Analog inputs Read converted data e Analog output Write set values e Reading Range Code Settings and A D Conversion Data CPU Unit Analog I O Unit Ladder program MOVE instruction e Writes the range code e Reads the converted values Wordn 1 Range code Analog input 0 Word m 1 converted value Word m 2 Analog input 1 converted value qo e gt 5 Oo te O c D r v _ Analog I O devices m is the last input word and n is the last e Temperature sensor output word allocated to the CPU Unit or e Pressure sensor previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit e Speed sensor e Flow sensor e Voltage current meter e Other uone1edo Jo MO 4 t 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 27 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e Writing D A Conversion Data CPU Unit Analog I O Unit Ladder program Analog output set value MOV 21 MOVE instruction uu e Writes the range code e Writes the set value Analog I O devices l e Adjustment equipment n is the last output word allocated to the CPU l l l e Servo Controller us or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O e Variable speed device I I e Record
52. Connected to Hood FG 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Remove the specified length of the sheath from the cable using a knife Be careful not to scratch the braided shield PX KEES S SOR KR SIRO IS USUS ISIN gt lt gt RLS Xd 25mm RS 422A 40mm RS 232C 3 Trim off all the braided shield using scissors S S 4 Remove the insulation from each conductor using a stripper E 5 Wrap adhesive tape around the conductor from which the braided shield was removed n Adhesive tape e Soldering 1 Place a heat shrinking tube on each conductor 2 Temporarily solder each conductor to the corresponding connector terminals 3 Completely solder each conductor AS Soldering iron Heat shrinking tube Inside diameter 1 5 mm 10 A 36 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices 4 Return the heat shrinking tube to the soldered portion then heat the tube to shrink it in place Heat shrinking tube e Assembling Connector Hood Assemble the connector hood as shown below te Em ef End not connected to FG End connected to FG Aluminum foil tape Grounding plate A 3 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring Use the following wiring methods for
53. Current output COM Output common VINO Voltage input 0 Em INO Current input O oscar we ned n Fn eon COMO Input common 0 MIWWOW O 69 VIN1 Voltage input 1 FN NPE LIN Current input 1 COM1 Input common 1 Note For current inputs short V INO to I INO and V IN1 to I IN1 e Wiring Methods e Wiring Analog Inputs 2 core shielded twisted pair cable KE ee Ge ee Analog device with voltage output Analog HIN OUO Unit y COM e Wiring Analog Outputs 2 core shielded twisted pair cable Analog I O Unit A 26 I O Unit 2 core shielded twisted pair cable d pete VIN O Q O 2 core shielded twisted pair cable JAnalog CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices Wiring Diagrams Example Connection to input for voltage output Voltage input Connection to input O for voltage input Voltage output olie Connection to input 1 for current input Current output E CP1W TS001 TS002 TS101 TS102 Temperature Sensor Units Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams sweibeig Bulli Z Y e Connecting a Thermocouple e CP1W TS001 One or two K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS001 Both of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Example a n C ITI X D D 2 o O 2 C 2 o Z Temperature input 0 Cold junction compensato
54. Expansion connector VIN4 COM4 2 Expansion I O connecting cable ISENS EVE 1 Analog input terminals 1 Analog Input Terminals Connected to analog output devices e Input Terminal Arrangement V IN1 Voltage input 1 LIN Current input 1 cu IN1 VIN2 COmM2 I IN3 VIN4 COMA4 AG VIN1 COM1 I IN2 VIN3 COMS I IN4 NC COM1 Input common 1 a gt a gt a a VIN2 Voltage input 2 G9 G9 69 6969 G9 G9 IN2 Current input 2 POP PP lg oll m COM2 Input common 2 VING Voltage input 3 IN3 Current input 3 COM3 Input common 3 VINA Voltage input 4 INA Current input 4 COM4 Input common 4 Note When using current inputs voltage input terminals must be short circuited with current input terminals 2 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the CPU Unit or Expansion Unit expansion connector The cable is attached to the Analog Input Unit and cannot be removed 8 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 3 Expansion Connector Connected to the next Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit to enable expansion 8 1 3 Specifications CP1W AD041 Analog Input Units are connected to a CP1E CPU Unit
55. N Oo c G D N Oo Oo ct 3 c 3 m Oo sjndu 4 2 9 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 2 Outputs No Symptom Remedy 1 Not all outputs turn ON 1 Load is not supplied with power Supply power 2 Load voltage is low Adjust voltage to within rated range 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 4 Unit failure caused by an overcurrent Replace Unit possibly caused by a short at the load 5 Faulty I O bus connector contact Replace Unit 6 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 7 If the INH indicator is lit the Output Turn A500 15 OFF OFF Bit A500 15 is ON Not all outputs turn OFF Output circuit is faulty Replace Unit Output of a specific bit 1 Output ON time is too short because of Correct program to increase the number does not turn ON a mistake in programming time that the output is ON and indicator is not lit 2 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program so that each tions in a ladder program output bit is controlled by only one instruction Replace Unit 4 Output of a specific bit Replace output device leder le Check output wiring Replace Unit 5 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 5 Output of a specific bit 1 Faulty output bit relay output only Replace Unit number does not turn OFF 2 Bit does not turn OFF due to leakage Replace external load or add indicator is not lit current or residual voltage dummy resistor
56. PLC in the range of the power supply voltage and output load current as show below e The ambient temperature is restricted for the CPU Units CP1E N NALILIDLI E Derating curve of the output load current for Expansion I O Units CP1W 8ER 16ER 20EDR1 32ER 40EDR Connected to Connected to Connected to Connected to CP1E N30DR D CP1E N40DR D CP1E NS3ODTL1 D CP1E N40DTD D 100 100 100 100 Power Power Power voltage Power voltage voltage 216VDC non l 21 6 el 50 i E 5095 Si Power Power voltage Power voltage 20 4 VDC vollage 20 4 VDC 20 4 VDC 0 35 45 55 35 45 55 C Ambient temperature 20 4 VDC 35 45 55 C 30 45 50 55 C j 0 Connected to CP1E N60DR D CP1E N60DTL D Connected to Connected to CP1E NA20DTLI D CP1E NA20DR A 10096 100 100 Power voltage Power voltage 80 21 6VDC 50 Power voltage Power voltage 20 4VDC 20 4VDC nee 40 45 55 C 40 45 55 C 0 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Ambient temperature 3 26 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Output Specifications for Transistor Outputs Sinking or Sourcing Specification ltem CP1W 40EDT CP1W 32ET CP1W 20EDT CP1W 16ET CP1W 8ET CP1W 32ET1 CP1W 20EDT1 CP1W 16ET1 CP1W 8ET1 Maximum 4 5 to 30 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC 24 VDC 10 5 4 5 to 30 VDC 4 5 to 30 VDC d 0 3 A output 0 3 A output 0 3 A output 0 3 A output 0 3 A output capacity
57. RS 422A 485 to maintain transmission quality 1 Always use shielded twisted pair cables as communications cables e Recommended RS 422A 485 Cables Model numbers Manufacturer CO HC ESV 3Px7 0 2 Hirakawa Hewtech Corp 2 Connect the shield of the communications cable to the FG terminal on the RS 422A 485 Option Board At the same time ground the ground terminal GR of the CPU Unit to 100 Q or less SUOIJEDIUNWIWOD EAS 10 BuuIM v Precautions for Correct Use Always ground the shield only at the RS 422A 485 Option Board end Grounding both ends of the shield may damage the device due to the potential difference between the ground terminals P s no JJ D O O 3 3 OD 3 Qo OD oO JJ e D NO no gt I Co OT Q CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 37 Appendices Connection Examples 2 Wire and 4 Wire Transmission Circuits The transmission circuits for 2 wire and 4 wire connections are different as shown in the following diagram Example of 4 Wire Connections Example of 2 Wire Connections 2 4 wire switch DPDT Other Unit Other Unit Other Unit Other Unit Option Board Option Board Not connected Precautions for Correct Use Use the same type of transmission circuit 2 wire or 4 wire for all nodes Do not use 4 wire connections when the 2 4 wire switch on the Board is set to 2 wire Wiring Example 1 1 Connections e Two wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Uni
58. Specifications llle 1 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 1 1 Overview and Specifications 1 1 CP1E Overview 1 1 1 Overview of Features The SYSMAC CP1E Programmable Controller is a package type PLC made by OMRON that is designed for easy application The CP1E includes E type CPU Units basic models for standard con trol operations using basic movement arithmetic and comparison instructions and N NA type CPU Units application models that supports connections to Programmable Terminals Inverters and Servo Drives Basic Models CP1E Application ee E type CPU Units N type CPU Units NT CPU Unit with uoc CPU Unit with CPU Unit with TUN 10 14 0r201 0 CPU Unit Ser or40 VO 44 0r20V0 30 40 or 60 pean Points Points I O Points Appearance S Do SA v ve 2 Program capacity 2K steps 8K steps DM Area capacity 2K words 8K words Of t
59. V or when the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3 2 mA When the open circuit detection function is activated the converted data will be set to 8 000 The time for enabling or clearing the open circuit detection function is the same as the time for con verting the data If the input returns to the convertible range the open circuit detection is cleared automatically and the output returns to the normal range suoneogioeds 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 5 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 1 4 Flow of Operation 1 2 Create a ladder program CPU Unit Ladder program 22 I Writes the set data use of inputs averaging range codes Reads the conversion Connect Analog Input Units Wire to analog output devices Write set data to output words n 1 n 2 e Set use of inputs e Select input signals using range codes e Set use of averaging Read A D conversion values from input words m 1 to m 4 For current inputs confirm that Analog Input Unit Word n 1 Set data inputs 1 2 Word n 2 Set data inputs 3 4 Word m 1 Analog input 1 conversion value Word m 2 Analog input 2 conversion value Word m 3 Analog input 3 conversion value Word m 4 Analog input 4 conversion value The last input word allocated to the CPU Unit or already connected Expansion I O Unit
60. at least 6 ppb of perchlorate and that will be exported to or transported through the State of California in the USA Perchlorate Material special handling may apply See http www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate A CP1W BATO1 or CJ1W BATO1 lithium primary battery containing at least 6 ppb of perchlorate can be mounted in a CP1E N NALILIDLEI L CPU Unit Display the precaution given above on your product s packaging box or shipping box if the product contains a CP1W BATO1 or CJ1W BATO 1 Battery and is exported to or through the State of California in the USA This product is EMC compliant when assembled in a complete PLC system Refer to the applica ble manual for grounding cable selection and any other conditions for EMC compliance This is a Class A product for use in industrial environments In residential environments it may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures to reduce interference e External Circuits Always configure the external circuits to turn ON power to the PLC before turning ON power to the control system If the PLC power supply is turned ON after the control power supply temporary errors may result in control system signals because the output terminals on DC Output Units and other Units will momentarily turn ON when power is turned ON to the PLC Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the event that outputs from output terminals r
61. counter interrupt tasks interrupt tasks 1 to 16 Maximum subroutine number 128 Maximum jump number 128 Scheduled interrupt tasks 1 interrupt task Clock Clock function not included Included The time of error occurrence displays 01 01 01 Accuracy monthly deviation 4 5 min to 0 5 min 01 01 01 Sunday at ambient temperature of 55 C 2 0 min to 2 0 min at ambient temperature of 25 C 2 5 min to 1 5 min at ambient temperature of 0 C Memory backup Built in EEPROM Ladder programs and parameters are automatically saved to built in EEPROM A section of the Data Memory Area can be saved to the built in EEPROM Battery backup Battery cannot be mounted CP1W BATO1 can be used With CP1W BATO1 Bat Maximum battery service life 5 years tery optional Backup Time Guaranteed value ambient temperature 55 C 13 000 hours approx 1 5 years Effective value ambient temperature 25 C 43 000 hours approx 5 years CIO Area Input Bits 1 1 600 bits 100 words CIO 0 00 to CIO 99 15 CIO 00 to CIO 99 1 600 bits 100 words CIO 100 00 to CIO 199 15 CIO 100 to CIO 199 Serial PLC Link Words 1 440 bits 90 words CIO 200 00 to CIO 289 15 CIO 200 to CIO 289 Work Area W 1 600 bits 100 words W0 00 to W99 15 WO to W99 Holding Area H 800 bits BO words HO 00 to H49 15 HO to H49 Bits in this area maintain their ON OFF status when operating mode is changed Auxiliary Area A Read only 7 168 bits 448 words A
62. cuits to prevent a voltage drop from the inrush current or incorrect operation of the circuit breaker e DC Power Supply Wiring e Use crimp terminals or solid wire for power supply wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals 6 2mm max OA 6 2mm max OD e MG self rising terminal screws are used Tighten the terminal block screws to the torque of 0 5 N m e Use a power supply within the allowable voltage fluctuation range 20 4 to 26 4 VDC e The maximum power consumption is 20 W for N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 13 W for N14 20 CPU Units 9W for E10 CPU Units e There will be a inrush current of about five times that level when the power is turned ON e Grounding e Always ground the ground terminal to 100 or less to protect against electric shock and incorrect operation from electrical noise e The GR terminal is a ground terminal To prevent electrical shock use a dedicated ground line 2mm min of 1000 or less e Do not connect ground lines to other devices or to the frame of a building Doing so will reverse the effectiveness of the ground and instead have a bad influence Precautions for Safe Use e Be sure not to reverse the positive and negative leads when wiring the power supply termi nals e Supply power to all of the Power Supply Units from the same source e Use reinforced insulation or double insulation for the DC power supplies connected to DC Power Supply Units to comply with EC Low V
63. details on 2 decimal place Mode refer to Two decimal place Mode in 8 4 5 Function Descriptions CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 2 Rotary Switch Setting N Caution Set the temperature range according to the type of temperature sensor connected to the Unit Temperature data will not be converted correctly if the temperature range does not match the sensor Do not set the temperature range to any values other than those for which temperature ranges are given in the following table An incorrect setting may cause operating errors The rotary switch is used to set the temperature range CP1W TS001 TS002 CP1W TS101 TS102 Set Input Input tin o o o o g Range C Range F Range C Range F 0 K 200 to 1 300 300 to 2 300 Pt100 200 0 to 300 0 to 650 0 1 200 0 1 0 0 to 500 0 0 0 to 900 0 JPt100 200 0 to 300 0 to 650 0 1 200 0 2 100 to 850 100 to 1 500 Cannot be set 3 0 0 to 400 0 0 0 to 750 0 3 Connect Temperature Sensors 1 Thermocouples a CP1W TS001 Either K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS001 but both of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Input O Input 1 NC NC NC elelelelole e I o 3 D D D e o o D 5 D O c S 2 0 uone1edo Jo MO 4 t t 8 Temperature input
64. due to static electricity Do not turn OFF the power supply to the Unit while data is being transferred When transporting or storing Units or Board static electricity can destroy LSIs or ICs Cover the PCBs with a conductive material and maintain the specified storage temperature Do not touch circuit boards or the components mounted to them with your bare hands There are sharp leads and other parts on the boards that may cause injury if handled improperly Double check the pin numbers when assembling and wiring the connectors Never short circuit the positive and negative terminals of a battery or charge disassemble heat or incinerate the battery Do not subject the battery to strong shocks or deform the battery by applying pressure Doing any of these may result in leakage rupture heat generation or ignition of the battery Dispose of any battery that has been dropped on the floor or otherwise subjected to excessive shock Batteries that have been subjected to shock may leak if they are used Dispose of the product and batteries according to local ordinances as they apply CNL pa F E 7th 3 n Ii UL standards require that only an experienced engineer can replace the battery Make sure that an experienced engineer is in charge of battery replacement Follow the procedure for battery replacement given in this manual The following precaution must be displayed on all products that contain a lithium primary battery containing
65. for CPU errors If the CX Programmer cannot be connected online a CPU error has probably occurred CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 11 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 10 Non fatal Errors A non fatal error has occurred if both the RUN indicator is lit and the ERR ALM indicator is flashing during operation i e in RUN or MONITOR mode e CPU Unit Indicators Q Not lit X Flashing X Lit an H POWER RUN N ERR AL m Irrelevant PRPHL L BKUP Information on the non fatal errors can be obtained from the Errors Tab Page of the CX Program mer s PLC Errors Window Take corrective actions after checking error details using the display messages and the Auxiliary Area Error Flags and error information e Errors are listed in order with the most serious errors first e f two or more errors occur at the same time the most serious error code will be stored in A400 Errors Created with FAL Instructions Cause Remedy A FAL instruction was executed in the program to Check the conditions for executing FAL instructions and create a non fatal error remove any causes of the user defined error The executed FAL number 001 to 511 will be stored in A360 to A391 The number 4 will be added to the front of 101 to 2FF which correspond to executed FAL numbers 001 to 511 and the result will be stored in A400 as error code 4101 to 42FF e Reference Error flag FAL Error Flag A402 15
66. ground O To prevent electric shock ground to 100 Q or less Input devices such as switches and sensors can be connected Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the output is ON a This is the terminal block for outputs such as relay outputs and transistor outputs me A Battery can be installed by opening the cover The Battery is optional 13 Built in RS 232C com This indicator will be flashing when the built in RS 232C port is in commu munications status indi nication mode cator Built in RS 232C port for By connecting a PT the controlled system can be monitored and data can N type CPU Units be collected 3 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions i CPU Unit Status Indicators e Not lit x Flashing X Lit Indicator DESEAN Description POWER Green Power is ON T Power is OFF a lit RUN Green The CP1E is executing a program in either RUN or MONITOR P mode we is stopped in PROGRAM mode or due to a fatal error FM lit ERR ALM A fatal error including FALS execution or a hardware error WDT P error has occurred CP1E operation will stop and all outputs will be turned OFF wi non fatal error has occurred including FAL execution ru CP1E operation will continue FA EA lit Yellow The Output OFF Bit A500 15 was turned ON All outputs will be turned OFF Normal PRPHL Yellow Communications either sending or receiving
67. least 600 MB of hard disk space is required Make sure that there is enough space available e Windows Environment and Installation Destination The CX Programmer is a software application for a Windows operating environment The software is installed on top of Windows Make sure that Windows Vista XP or Windows 2000 is installed and functioning correctly on the computer e USB Port To transfer ladder programs from the computer to the CP1E and to use the monitoring functions via the USB port enable the computer s USB port Refer to the computers manual for information on enabling the USB port I Installation Procedure This section describes how to install the software on a computer using the following drive configuration as an example C drive Hard disk drive D drive CD ROM drive I L gt OD a o fo 2 o U Oo Q fo 3 3 3 e a o O 0 o A Oo O U m aIemyos eui Bunersu G L v 1 Start Windows and insert the CX Programmer Master Disk in the CD ROM drive The installation program will be started by the computer s auto run function If the installation program does not start select Specify File Name and Run from the Windows Start Menu enter d setup and click the OK Button 2 Complete the installation process following the instructions provided on screen n Precautions for Correct Use Log on as a user with Administrator privileges when uninstalling I Uninstalling the C
68. loose screws in No looseness Tighten loose screws with a Phillips external wiring screwdriver Check crimp connectors in Adequate spacing Check visually and adjust if neces external wiring between connec sary tors Check for damaged external No damage Check visually and replace cables if wiring cables necessary 4 Installation and wiring eoueuejure vN pue uonoedsu Z CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 3 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 1 4 Unit Replacement Precautions Check the following when replacing any faulty Units discovered during inspections Do not replace a Unit until the power is turned OFF Check the new Unit to make sure that there are no errors If a faulty Unit is being returned for repair describe the problem in as much detail as possible enclose this description with the Unit and return the Unit to your OMRON representative For poor contact take a clean cotton cloth soak the cloth in industrial alcohol and carefully wipe the contacts clean Be sure to remove any lint prior to remounting the Unit H Precautions for Correct Use When replacing a CPU Unit be sure that not only the user program but also all other data required for operation is transferred to or set in the new CPU Unit before starting operation including DM Area and HR Area settings If data area and other data are not correct for the user program unexpected accidents may occur CP1E CPU Unit Hardware Use
69. normal input interrupt input or high speed counter input e High speed counters can be used for high speed processing using either target value comparison or range comparison with the counter s PV to create interrupts An interrupt task can be started when the count reaches a specified value or falls within a specified range e High speed counter input frequency speed can be measured The input pulse frequency can be measured using the PRV instruction counter 0 only CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 5 L k O U m Oo lt D soinjeo4 Z L L 4 Overview and Specifications Versatile Pulse Control for Transistor Output CPU Units Fixed duty ratio pulse outputs can be output from the CPU Unit s built in outputs and used to perform positioning or speed control with a servomotor or a stepping motor that accepts pulse inputs Two pulse outputs at 100 kHz are provided as standard features Stepping Motor Servomotor 16 Built in Outputs Functions can be assigned See note Two pulse outputs 100 kHz Note The instruction used to control each output determines whether it is used as a normal output pulse output or PWM output
70. of heat such as heaters transformers or high capacity resistors e f the ambient temperature exceeds 55 C install a cooling fan or air conditioner T N o eu A D et Oo 5 Control panel 4 uoneoo UONEI EISU L c G SYSMAC CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 5 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 2 Unit Arrangement This section describes how to arrange the CP1E Units As shown in the following diagrams Units can be arranged in one or two rows when Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are used Arrangement in One Row Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be installed in a side by side arrangement
71. on the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Analog I O Unit Word m 1 Word m 2 32 inputs 16 outputs 2 Writing the Range Code Write the range code to word n 1 A D or D A conversion begins when the range code is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog I O Unit There are five range codes 000 to 100 that combine the analog input 0 and 1 and analog output signal ranges as shown below Range code Analog input 0 signal Analog input 1 signal Analog output signal range range range CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 31 ri do gt 5 Oo amp O c Z uone1edo JO MO 4 t 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 32 3 4 5 8 765 43 2 1 0 15 wordn t 4 ofofofofofo firir fy SE CY Analog Analog Analog output input 1 input 0 Example The following instructions set analog input 0 to 4 to 20 mA analog input 1 to 0 to 10 V and the analog output to 10 to 10 V First Cycle Flag A200 11 Analog input 0 4 to 20 mA Analog input 1 0 to 10 V i Analog output 10 to 10 V e The Analog I O Unit will not start converting analog I O values until the range code has been written Inputs will be 0000 and 0 V or 0 mA will be output e After the range code has been set 0 V or 0 mA will be output for the 0 to 10V 10 to 10V or 0 to 20mA ranges and 1 V or 4 mA will be output for the 1 to 5V and 4 to 20mA range
72. place in the same CP1E PLC 5 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 3 Installation This section describes how to install the CP1E l Dimensions and Installation Height e Dimensions 11010090 ff oocooo0o 000000 000000 000000 000000 00000086 ch N o eu A D et Oo 5 4 04 5 remon em f memon e reon e e e Installation Height The installation height is approximately 90 mm When a cable is connected to an Option Board however the additional height must be included Always allow for the additional height when considering the depth of the control panel in which the PLC is to be mounted i Installation Methods There are two installation methods UONEI EISU c G DIN Track Installation e Units can be mounted to PEP 50N 50 cm or PEP 100N 100N2 100 cm DIN Tracks e Units can be moved and removed easily e The installation height in the control panel will be increased depending on the type of DIN tracks used e Surface Installation Units can be directly mounted in the control panel using M4 screws CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 7 5 Installation and Wiring I Installation Example DIN Track Installation Secure the DIN Track with screws in at least three p
73. seconds Day hour Time of occurrence Year month 009D 2 A195 A196 A197 A198 A199 Error code Error contents Minutes seconds Day hour Time of occurrence Year month A300 t Error Log Pointer Note CP1E E type CPU Units do not support the clock function so the time of occurrence cannot be confirmed The display is always 01 01 01 01 01 01 Sunday Checking Error Log Information The following methods can be used to check error log information with the CX Programmer e CX Programmer PLC Error Window Check the error log by clicking the Error Log Tab in the PLC Errors Window of the CX Programmer E PLC Errors NewPLC1 ol xl File Options Help Errors Ertor Log Messages Fatal Memory Error The error code is displayed here Clear All Clock Not Monitoring CP1E N40 Monitor The example above shows that a memory error has occurred e Error code 80F1 gt Memory error e Error contents A403 gt 0400 gt A403 10 is ON gt Backup memory error 6 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting e Directly Monitoring the Area where Error Log Information is Stored 1 Connect the CX Programmer online 2 Read words A100 to A199 3 Check the error status from the registered data 6 1 5 Types of Errors The type of error that has occurred can be identified by checking the indicators on the front of the CPU Unit or by using the CX Programmer to che
74. situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage Precautions for Safe Use Indicates precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure using the product safely Wi Precautions for Correct Use Indicates precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance Symbols The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a precau tion for electric shock The circle and slash symbol indicates operations that you must not do The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text The filled circle symbol indicates operations that you must do The specific operation is shown in the circle and explained in text This example shows a general precau tion for something that you must do The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a general precaution The triangle symbol indicates precautions including warnings The specific operation is shown in the triangle and explained in text This example indicates a precau tion for hot surfaces gt eoe CP1E C
75. stored in CIO 2 is trans ferred to DO MOV bo 6 Handling Unit Errors e When an error occurs in an Analog Input Unit the analog input conversion data becomes 0000 e Expansion Unit errors are output to bits 0 to 5 of word A436 for Units 1 to 3 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting with the Unit nearest the CPU Unit CP1W AD041 is allocated two bits each Use these flags in the program when it is necessary to detect errors CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 7 Ladder Program Example Input 1 1101 D hex n 1 Input 2 1110 E hex n 1 Inpt3 10t0 0V 00 No 1000 8 hex n 2 Input4 Notused 0 0000 0hex n 2 First Cycle Flag A200 11 Writes set data E and D Always ON Writes set data 0 and 8 P On Execution 0002 T5 condition Q 1000 Input 2 open circuit alarm Execution T5 condition Execution T5 condition Oo L D 5 m Oo Q 5 o mr c 5 0 Execution T5 condition Reads analog input 2 converted value Reads analog input 3 converted value uoneJedo JO MO 4 t L 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 11 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 2 Analog Output Units 8 2 1 Overview Each CP1W DA041 Analog Output Unit provides four analog outputs e The analog output signal ranges are 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V
76. terminal GR on the CPU Unit Therefore FG is grounded by grounding the ground terminal GR on the power supply termi nal block Precautions for Correct Use e The XW2Z LILIOT 1 Connecting Cables for the NT AL001 Link Adapter uses special wiring for the DS and RS signals Do not use these signals with other devices Connecting this cable to other devices can damage them e Always turn ON the terminating resistance if the node is at the end of the RS 422A 485 trans mission path CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 41 SUOIJEDIUNWIWOD EAS 10 BULIM v S8v V GY SU T Q CO O O 5 lt D ma 3 Q mr 3 D UJ c 5 JJ n NO Q NO O U O m mr O Appendices A 3 4 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring Observe the following precautions when wiring communications cables e When multi conductor signal cable is being used avoid combining I O wires and other control wires in the same cable e f wiring racks are parallel allow at least 300 mm between them Low current cable Communications cables 300 mm min PLC power supply and general control circuit wiring 300 mm min Power lines Ground to 100 or less e f the I O wiring and power cables must be placed in the same duct they must be shielded from each other using grounded steel sheet metal PLC power supply 0 and general control l Mes ous circuit wiring Power lines Steel sheet metal cables 20
77. the Indicators Not lit X Flashing X Lit POWER Power supply Green OWE RUN RUN or MONITOR mode Green ERR ALM Shows the results of self diagnosis Red INH Outputs OFF Yellow PRPHL Peripheral USB port communications BKUP Writing to backup memory built in EEPROM Yellow O COMM COMM Built in RS232C port communications Yellow Status Normal operation Operation is A non fatal A fatal error stopped in error has has occurred PROGRAM occurred mode 6 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting l Checking Error Status with the CX Programmer Use the following procedure to read the error status 1 Place the CX Programmer online with the CPU Unit 2 Double click Error Log in the project tree in the main window The PLC Errors Window will be displayed Click the Errors Tab The current errors will be dis played on the Errors Tab Page Fx PLC Errors NewPLC1 E _ Oj xl File Options Help Errors Eror Log Messages 62901 Ox80F1 Fatal Memory Error Clear All CP1E N40 Monitor Clock Not Monitoring 6 1 3 Checking Detailed Status You can check detailed error status using information registered in the Auxiliary Area The following error details are registered Area Description Error flags The Auxiliary Area contains flags that indicate the type of error Error information is provided for various types of error Error information The Auxiliary Area conta
78. the range is 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA Always ON Flag P_On TMS TIM 5 will start as soon as power turns ON 0002 After 0 1 to 0 2 s 100 to 200 ms the input for TIM 5 will turn ON and the converted T5 data from analog input 0 that is stored in CIO 2 will be transferred to DO CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 6 Handling Unit Errors e When an error occurs in the Analog I O Unit analog input data will be 0000 and 0 V or 0 mA will be output as the analog output If a CPU error or an I O bus error fatal errors occurs at the CPU Unit and the analog output is set to 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 0 V or 0 mA will be output For any other fatal errors at the CPU Unit 1 V or 4 mA will be output e Expansion Unit and Expansion I O Unit errors are output to bits 0 to 5 of word A436 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting from the Unit nearest the CPU Unit Use these flags in the program when it is necessary to detect errors 7 Programming Example Analog input 0 0 to 10 V Analog input 1 4 to 20 mA Analog output O to 10 V First Cycle Flag A200 11 Writes the range code 8051 to the Unit Always ON Flag P On TIM5 0002 Execution T5 condition Reads analog input O s converted value Execution T5 condition Reads analog input 1 s converted value Execution TS condition The content of D10 is written to the output T5 Execution word as the anal
79. will be set to 7FFF e The open circuit detection function will be automatically cleared and normal input tem perature conversion will begin automatically when the input temperature returns to the convertible range CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Startup Operation After power is turned ON approximately 1 s is required for the first conversion data to be stored in the input word During that period the data will be 7FFE Therefore create a pro gram as shown below so that when operation begins simultaneously with startup it will wait for valid conversion data Always ON P On Temperature input data output word Initialization Completed Flag 4 Handling Unit Errors e Expansion Unit and Expansion I O Unit errors are output to bits O to 5 of word A436 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting from the Unit nearest the CPU Unit CP1W T5002 and CP1W TS102 Temperature Sensor Units are allocated two bits each Use these flags in the program when it is necessary to detect Expansion Unit Expansion I O Unit errors e When an error occurs the Temperature Sensor Unit data becomes 7FFF hex the same as for an open circuit detection With an open circuit detection it is not reflected in word A436 5 Programming Example E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit a The following programming example shows how to convert the input data from 2 temperature se
80. 0 00000000 4 Expansion connector 1 Output terminals Used to connect output devices 2 Expansion I O con necting cable Function This is a connection cable to connect the adjacent CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit For extended connections or vertical arrangements use the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm 3 Output indicators Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when output is ON 4 Expansion connector CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units 3 20 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Jj Terminal Arrangements The first word of output words allocated to the Expansion Output Unit is indicated by CIO n 8 point Output Units CP1W 8ED Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block cou or e Ei COM Common terminal 04 com os 07 00t0 07 Output terminal CIO n X N m gt D fo 3 D O 3 M o c 3 16 point Output Units CP1W 16EL Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block ne Foufoueou oon refer or oe oo o CIO n CIO n 1 COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal NC No connection suun 1indino uoisuedx3 z z e Units with 32 Output Points CP1W 32EbT 1
81. 0 OOF7 Error information CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 13 o L zi Oo c i3 0 gt O Oo et 5 O U c c 3 m Oo 0 SIO E1EJ UON 0L 1 9 6 Troubleshooting I Built in Analog Errors Only for NA type Cause Remedy For NA type when a built in analog I O error occurs Restart the PLC If this error still exists please change unit e Reference Built in analog error A315 14 zones Other error flag A402 00 Error code 008A Error information Built in analog I O error details A434 6 1 11 Other Errors Communications Errors e CPU Unit Indicators Not iit W Flashing X Lit Irrelevant Cause Remedy An error has occurred in the communications e Check the cable wiring between the peripheral USB port and connected e Check the USB cable and replace it if necessary device An error has occurred in the communications e Confirm that the serial port 1 2 settings in the PLC Setup between the serial port and connected device are correct e Check the cable wiring e f a host computer is connected check the serial port settings and program in the host computer 6 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 Troubleshooting Unit Errors This section describes how to troubleshoot errors that occur in devices other than the CP1E CPU Unit 6 2 1 Inputs 1 Notall inputs turn ON or 1 External power is not supplied
82. 0 mm min Ground to 100 Q or less A 42 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Index A Analog USE xcu eaten netenctnwtaucessubetenuedstieteatutes 3 2 3 6 Analog adjusters Lune talinmienseSniteuseentaeatshwegsiets 3 2 Analog VOUM EN 2 12 8 20 DIMENSIONS NR A 7 DIP Switch S SUNG Soca sccertecencciceneuienooctecuugetes ea soacsene 8 28 Part names and functions sssuussss 8 20 SPECIFICATIONS seeeeeeeeeeeee enne nnne 8 21 MIN 8 29 A 26 Words allocation ENE 8 31 Analog APUU ge EE 2 12 8 2 Dimensions PM osiassstcan vaninetince GeedentenseotanednceGinenesensiead A 7 Part names and functions 8 2 Specifications secarcssesennediusbocadtinieimcsquinectmedawiwentaiebniecen 8 3 MAMMA Cl EE seems aebane 8 7 A 24 Words allocation e 8 9 Analog Output ETIN EM 2 12 8 12 Dimensions q A 7 Part names and functions 8 12 PENE NENNEN ER 8 13 Lo E E 8 16 A 25 Words alloCallOE u sussooscusuuteks ken emu ep nuu can eu noua rg sca p oEas 8 17 B Backup memory GION ccc docso eacus pav cd reto damen tios sapere utes 6 6 6 12 PAC UO EE 1 2 PU He 2 7 7 2 pics EEE E 7 7 Service MC m 7 5 Battery TN 6 6 6 13 Built in RS 232C port 3 2 3 7 A 38 C Checking OE cscs snadsnaicianincinnesiocinepesunenndamanesanrecsinctieb
83. 000 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 0 to 20 mA Inputs Currents in the 0 to 20 mA range correspond to de hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 Hexadecimal Decimal The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative current is expressed as a two s complement 189C 6300 1770 6000 1 mA 0000 0 0 mA 20 mA 21 mA FED4 300 4 to 20 mA Inputs Currents in the 4 to 20 mA range correspond to Converted data hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 ee ae The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 1890 6300 S 189C hex 300 to 6 300 Current in the range of Mur na 3 2 to 4 mA is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 3 2 mA the open circuit detection function is activated and 0000 0 the data becomes 8 000 FED4 300 e Averaging Function For analog inputs the averaging function operates when the averaging bit is set to 1 The averaging function outputs the average a moving average of the last eight input values as the converted value Use this function to smooth inputs that vary at a short interval L k d 5 m Oo Q 5 o e mr c 5 0 Open circuit Detection The open circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the volt age drops below O 8
84. 01 101 Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Temperature Sensor Unit CP1E CPU Unit O O Q SY8MAc q D ac100 240vlaen Ti 07 09 Li L nfcom 01 os o NC I 08 EI 00 02 04 IN regen Ez i p p o EN PERIPHERAL o nih 20EDR1 5 000000 000000 i oooooo 00000606 slip 000000 000000 E eooooooo 0 1 2 0 04 oe o 01 04 06 ea de Lt cae 06 7i i C 2t WE 7 g Er 88 Po 2 2 and uc 100CH B Y 101CH EEE pg C QQ ee O RIS RD O Qh eS 2 With the Temperature Sensor Unit s DIP switch and rotary switch set the temperature unit the number of decimal places and the temperature input range Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the DIP switch or rotary switch while power is being supplied Static electricity may Cause operating errors Precautions for Correct Use Always turn OFF the power supply before setting the temperature range DIP Switch Used to set the temperature unit and the number of decimal places used Rotary Switch Used to set the temperature input range EN Temperature input terminals 1 DIP Switch Settings The DIP switch is used to set the temperature unit C or F and the number of decimal places SW s E 2 1 Temperature unit 2 Number of deci OFF Normal 0 or 1 digit after the decimal mal places point Pa on the input range 2 decimal place Mode For
85. 17 Expansion Ude 2 17 Temperature Sensor Unit 8 35 85 C dio 02190105 EE P 4 2 ACIES g Rete C EN 4 7 REISE NNO eer 4 7 CX Programmer connection error 6 18 Cycle time exceeded error 6 5 6 10 D Dimensions EQ E DE 5 7 e 2080 A 2 Expansion VO PI m A 5 Expansion M V o an kccierottast ereenncicion hate iciaemepaemcatam aoauieaieantd A 7 Option Boards EE A 4 RS 422A Conversion Unit ssssssse A 40 DIN TIR RTT 2 8 5 9 DIN Track installation RE TTE 5 8 DIP switch Analog I O Units ete 8 28 CompoBus S I O Link Unit 8 51 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit A 40 RS 422A Conversion Unit ccccceseeeeeeesseeeeeees A 39 RS 422A 485 Option Board 3 17 Temperature Sensor Unit ccccccceeecesseeeeeeseeeeees 8 36 DM Area capacity suse 1 2 2 4 2 5 2 6 E END 0 EE 24 018 d ed zi EE EEE EE ere 2 8 5 9 Error log information EE fontes onse 6 3 Error processing flowchart La apene 6 6 E type CPU Uflluuvdnvesgemneedt de 1 2 Basic system configuratibnn uumuaumenmsssnsmemesinn 2 2 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Maximum number of I O Points 2
86. 1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 23 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 1to5V Voltages in the 1 to 5 V range correspond to Converted Data _ hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to Hexadecimal Pecna 6 000 The range of data that can be con 189C 6800 verted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 1770 6000 Voltage in the range of 0 8 to 1 V is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 0 8 V the open circuit detection function is activated and the data becomes 8 000 0 to 20 mA Currents in the O to 20 mA range corre Converted Data spond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 Hexadecimal Decimal 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative current is expressed as a two s complement 189C 6300 1770 6000 1 mA 0000 0 0 mA 20 mA 21 mA FED4 300 4 to 20 mA Currents in the 4 to 20 mA range corre Converted Data spond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 Hexadecimal Decimal 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 Current in the range of 3 2 to 4 mA is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 3 2 mA the open circuit detection function is activated and the data becomes 8 000 1770 6000 188616800 a
87. 1W 16ER with a CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable are given below e Recommended Ferrite Core Ferrite Core Data Line Filter 0443 164151 manufactured by Nisshin Electric Minimum impedance 90 Q at 25 MHz 160 Q at 100 MHz E 33 e Recommended Connection Method 1 Cable Connection Method 2 Connection Method As shown below connect a ferrite core to each end of the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable 5 24 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Troubleshooting This section describes how to troubleshoot problems that may occur with a CP1E PLC 6 1 Troubleshooting CPU Unit Errors 00 es 6 2 6 1 1 Errors and Remedies 0 00 ns 6 2 6 1 2 CHECKING Errors 2 055 20006 od ae aed Seana apod sem p Beek een B IR are 6 2 6 1 3 Checking Detailed Status 0 0 0 es 6 3 6 1 4 Reading Error Log Information 22229942 Suck x RE 1o bho skade baken ek Ss 6 3 61 5 DOS ENOS ec dauid cee eee ees eae pone ee ee Eee EN Eis 6 5 6 1 6 Error Processing
88. 1W 32ER ET ET1 32 point Output Units with the number of simultaneously ON less than 24 points 75 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 13 iY QD m X D fo 3 o o 3 M o c 3 O m PS D fo 3 o o 3 c 3 uoneanBijuo2 WISAS UO SUONOUISEH G e c 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 14 I Mounting Restriction When connecting CP series Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units to a CPU Unit with AC power provide a space of approximately 10 mm between the CPU Unit and the first Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units
89. 2 13 T Temperature Sensor Unit 2 12 8 34 PIG le EE EE A 8 DIP Switch Settings rrrnrnnnnrnrnnnnnnrvnnnnnnnnvnnnnnnre 8 36 Part names and functions rrrrrnnrnnrrrrvrnnnrrrvrnnnnnr 8 34 Rotary Switch Setting seeeesssss 8 37 Specifications 8 35 NMAC EEE TE A 27 Words MOCAON 2 ctscwaxicainnsnciwciestesainnnsitondsdionsniasenaisiimagaien ss 8 39 Terminal arrangements E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 Expansion N O Unit soc auro to deest odn bie Sons 3 23 Expansion Input D Db essoosedosscee d rebastecudE o a edu Rot d 3 19 Expansion Output Unit esssssseesssss 3 21 Too many I O points error esses 6 5 6 8 Two decimal place Mode esss 8 44 Types of errors ccccccsseeeecceeeeeeceeeeeceeauseeeceeaeeeesseseees 6 5 U Uninstalling the software eeeeseeeeesee 4 7 Uninstalling the USB Driver ssssssuss 4 14 Unit TO ACG NG IN EE EEE 7 4 LIE VETSIOD EEE NE 2 8 W VTA 6 5 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Weight GE EE 1 9 2 4 2 5 2 6 Expansion l O Unit rrrrrernnnnnrrrovrnnnrrrvnnnnnrennrnnnneen 2 11 Expansion UN emm 2 12 Wiring AG Power SUPDIY vicccasiccczaceassnacsaceascdeasetenedeateeccacisens 5 14 Analog V
90. 4 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 COM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 DC Power Supply kbe m NC COM CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 N60DT1 D A 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices CPU Units with Built in Analog and 20 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e All Models e Relay Outputs AC Power Supply CP1E NA20DR A CP1E NA20DLILI A CIO 100 DC Power Supply CIO 190 CP1E NA20DLILI D pr Analog Output Er or or oe os os or wo Jom Jeonfoonfson os Jeon os ve porre Analog Output CIO 190 DC Power Supply Analog Input L DC Power Supply JA ue eon CIO 100 NA20DR D CIO 90 CIO 91 ps he gt NA20DLILI D e Transistor Outputs Sinking oe CP1E NA20DT D CIO 100 Analog Output y CIO 190 CIO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E NA20DT1 D CIO 100 Analog Output CIO 190 CIO 100 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 15 sweibeig Bulli Z Y T in O U c 3 73 Appendices Analog Input Wiring Diagram Analog Output Wiring Diagram Analog input device voltage input Analog output device voltage output Analog Output Terminal Block Analog Input Terminal Block Analog output device current output Analog input device
91. 422A 485 communications RS 422A 485 interface Device supporting RS 422A 485 communications Terminal block D sub 9 pin 5V connector male Power DIP SW SW1 1 ON A 31 sweibeig Bulli Z Y P n BA CoD D i O O 3 3 C 2 O 5 7 Appendices i Serial PLC Links e Communications mode Serial PLC Link Master or Serial PLC Link Slave amp Connection with RS 232C Ports HS 232C connection is also possible when using a Serial PLC Link to connect two CP1E N NA type CPU Units CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Option Board Option Board R S 2 3 2 C ONON OD e Wiring Example Using RS 422A 485 Ports with RS 422A 4 wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Polled Unit No 0 CJ1M CPU Unit Polled Unit No 1 Built in RS 232C port CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit DIP SW DIP SW DIP SW SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW1 OFF no terminating resistance SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW2 OFF 4 wire connection SW2 OFF 4 wire connection SW2 OFF 4 wire connection SWS OFF 4 wire connection SW3 OFF 4 wire connection SW3 OFF 4 wire connection SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD
92. 6 1 8 Fatal Errors e CPU Unit Indicators Q Not lit X Flashing X Lit Irrelevant peij ddng S Jamodg USYM uodo ON J 1 9 There may be a CPU error or a fatal error if operation stops i e the RUN indicator turns OFF and the ERR ALM indicator lights Data on fatal errors is displayed on the Errors Tab Page of the CX Programmer s PLC Errors Win dow Take corrective actions after checking error details based on the CX Programmer display message together with the Auxiliary Area Error Flags and error information e Errors are listed in order with the most serious errors first e If two or more errors occur at the same time the most serious error code will be stored in A400 e f the IOM Hold Bit hasn t been turned ON to protect I O memory all non retained areas of I O memory will be cleared when a fatal error other than FALS occurs e O memory will be held when the I O Memory Hold Bit is ON but outputs will be turned OFF CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 7 6 Troubleshooting Memory Errors Cause Remedy An error has occurred in memory One or more bits in A403 will turn ON to indicate where the error has occurred See below for details See below e Memory Error Location A403 00 is ON A checksum error has occurred in the ladder program The power supply was Transfer the ladder program again turned OFF when backing up the user program to backup memory A403 04 is ON
93. A 300g sinking CP1W 20EDT1 8 transistor outputs 0 130A 300g sourcing 32 point Output Unit CP1W 32ER 32 relay outputs Not provided 0 049A 0 131A 465g CP1W 32ET 32 transistor outputs 0 113A 3259 rv QD m PS D fo 3 o o 3 M o c 3 o m PS D fo 3 o o 3 c 3 SJUN uoisuedx pue SHUN O uoisuedx3 p c MN MN sinking S w Sp CP1W 32ET1 32 transistor outputs 0 113A 3259 sourcing 40 point I O Unit CP1W 40EDR 16 relay outputs 24 inputs 24 VDC 0 080A 0 090A 380g 0 160A El 320g mime CP1W 40EDT 16 transistor outputs id sinking 0 160A EH 320g I gt g CP1W 40EDT1 16 transistor outputs sourcing CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 11 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Expansion Units Current Name and appearance Model number Specifications consumption Weight Analog I O Unit CP1W MAD11 2 analog inputs 0 VI 0 TT 2509 0to 5 V 1t0 5 V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA M 1 analog output LEN 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10V O to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 i CP1W AD041 4
94. A20 CPU Units 3 6 Expansion VO VU 3 22 Expansion Input Unit sseseesnensseenseerrenerrenerrrerrenn 3 19 Expansion Output Dri oesceuesscsbeostececssoaistoneneccdes 3 20 Temperature Sensor Uhnit 8 34 mide exceed 7 2 Peripheral USB port 3 2 3 6 4 8 6 18 PLC Setup error M 6 6 6 13 Power CONSUIMPTION cinsinin Enia 1 9 Power supply error ssssssssssssssssssssesrnreerrrssrresrrrerrnrereneenn 6 5 Precautions Precautions on Connecting Units 5 13 Precautions when connecting a two wire DC S NSOL ccccccseeeeecseeeeeeeeeaeeeees 5 19 Restrictions of CPU Unit with 16 or 32 I O Points 3 25 Restrictions on system configuration 2 13 Unit replacement precautions 7 4 Program capacity 1 2 1 10 2 4 2 5 2 6 Program error EP 6 5 6 9 Programming AEVCES 4 2 miu xe c EE 3 14 PWM OUD e 3 14 Q Quick response INDUS s ooes aou beste tadueS civis uec cU rhon nenene 3 10 R miei EE eg EET EEE 8 37 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 RS 232C Option Board sasnaesesodrum bikene 2 7 3 17 PENN seem A 4 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit Appearance rarrrrnvnnrrvnnnrvnnnnrrnvnnnnnnnenrnnnnnennnunenenen A 40 DIP Switch for operation settings
95. Battery cover 8Analog input terminals G9Analog output terminals Built in RS 232C port Serial Option Board slot Function 1 Input terminal block This is the terminal block for inputs such as the power supply input and 24 VDC inputs o 3 Peripheral USB port 3 T Input terminals Ground terminal less Expansion I O Unit connec tor D a2 Output terminals nected 3 External power supply ter minals Used to connect to a personal computer for programming and monitor ing by the CX Programmer for CP1E Analog adjusters By turning an analog adjuster it is possible to adjust the value of A642 or A643 within a range of 0 to 255 Operation indicators The CPU Unit s operating status can be confirmed with this indicator Refer to CPU Unit Status Indicators Page 3 7 Input indicators yellow Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON Power supply input terminal Power of 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VDC can be supplied Input devices such as switches and sensors can be connected Protective ground To prevent electric shock ground to 100 Q or Functional ground dy If noise is a significant source of errors or if electrical shock is a problem connect to the protective ground terminal and ground both with a ground of 100 or less AC power supply only CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units such as Analog I O Units and Temperature Se
96. C is used complies with EC Directives the PLC must be installed as follows e The CP series PLC must be installed within a control panel e CP series PLCs complying with EC Directives also conform to EN61131 2 Radiated emission characteristics 10 m regulations may vary depending on the configuration of the control panel used other devices connected to the control panel wiring and other conditions You must there fore confirm that the overall machine or equipment complies with EC Directives e A SYSMAC CP series PLC is a class A product for an industrial environment In residential areas it may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures to reduce interference Trademarks 24 SYSMAC is a registered trademark for Programmable Controllers made by OMRON Corporation CX One is a registered trademark for Programming Software made by OMRON Corporation Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation Other system names and product names in this document are the trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Related Manuals The following manuals are related to the CP1E Use them together with this manual Manual name Model numbers Application Contents SYSMAC CP Series W479 CP1E EDODO O To learn the hard Describes the following information for CP1E CP1E CPU Unit Hard CP1E NEILIDET EI ware specifications PL
97. CP1E CPU Unit Hardware USER S MANUAL OMRON 2009 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication SYSMAC CP Series CP1E E IDO CP1E N I DI CP1E NA ODD CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Hevised December 2009 Introduction Thank you for purchasing a SYSMAC CP series CP1E Programmable Controller This manual contains information required to use the CP1E Read this manual completely and be sure you understand the contents before attempting to use the CP1E Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical sys tems an electrical engineer or the equivalent e Personnel in charge of installing FA systems e Personnel in charge of designing FA syste
98. CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 49 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 5 CompoBus S I O Link Units 8 5 1 Overview The CP1E CPU Unit can function as a slave to a CompoBus S Master Unit when a CP1W SRT21 Com poBus S I O Link Unit is connected The CompoBus S I O Link Unit establishes an I O link of 8 inputs and 8 outputs between the Master Unit and the PLC CompoBus S Master Unit or SRM1 CompoBus S CP1W SRT21 Master Control Unit CompoBus S CP1E CPU Unit I O Link Unit Special flat cable or VCTF cable From the standpoint of the CP1E CPU Unit the 8 input bits and 8 output bits allocated to the Compo Bus S I O Link Unit are identical to input and output bits allocated to Expansion I O Units even though the CompoBus S I O Link Unit does not control actual inputs and outputs i e I O is performed for I O memory in the CPU Unit to which the CompoBus S Master Unit is mounted Master PLC CS Series CP1E CPU Unit with 30 or 40 I O Points CPU Unit CompoBus S op I O Link Unit I O memory Master Unit I O memory Node Unit No O number 0 Output CIO 2000 Input CIO 2004 8 5 2 Part Names and Functions e CP1W SRT21 CompoBus S I O Link Unit 2 DIP Switch 123456 3 LED Indicators b Expansion Connector NC BS 4 Expansion
99. CPU Unit Status Indicators e Not lit x Flashing ri Lit Q zi O x c c 2 T Indicator Color POWER kam Description Power is ON S li Power is OFF O mi The CP1E is executing a program in either RUN or MONITOR mode Green iit Operation is stopped in PROGRAM mode or due to a fatal error ERR ALM A fatal error including FALS execution or a hardware error WDT error has occurred CP1E operation will stop and all outputs will be turned OFF A non fatal error has occurred including FAL execution ras CP1E operation will continue Normal a lit Yellow The Output OFF Bit A500 15 was turned ON All outputs will be turned OFF Pe li Normal PRPHL Yellow Communications either sending or receiving are in progress through resin the peripheral USB port SHUN fidO OZYN 10 O9 OV OEN Or O 3 Z L P P P P FA lit AE than the above BKUP 3 The user program parameters or specified DM Area words are being Hn written to the backup memory built in EEPROM Other than the above P lit Precautions for Safe Use Do not turn OFF the power supply to the PLC when the BKUP indicator is lit It indicates that data is being written to the backup memory built in EEPROM If the power supply is turned OFF while the BKUP indicator is ON data in the backup memory built in EEPROM may be destroyed CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 7 3 Part Names and Functions
100. CPU Units O OLO QO Q TD ee JE gorca CA Suen KH EE available USB Eh rffiftfi Ehrftiftnfff TR ereere cable H m NE 22 acs Peripheral USB port am ISl 009000 e FL Ss CSE ELLIT CELL EALLI NC g Bi HE 1 02 04 g Ge Analog adjuster l AAAA EEE JOSE Cs JE JJ JE 23 3 63 EEE EDDIE GENENE 69 69 G9 O oJ O O Built in RS 232C port One slot for an Output terminal block Option Board t Option Board Ocomm Be222 COOH One RS 232C port One RS 422A 485 port RS 232C Option RS 422A 485 Option Board CP1W CIFO1 Board CP1W CIF1 1 12 Note The following Option Boards cannot be used CP1W DAMO 1 LCD Option Board CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board l Programming Setting and Monitoring with the CX Programmer The CX Programmer is used as the Programming Device for the CP1E Easy Connection with Computers Using Commercially Available USB Cables The CX Programmer is connected using a commercially available USB cable between the computer s USB port and the built in peripheral USB port of the CP1E CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 3 1 Overview and Specifications With E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units Add I O by Connecting Expansion I O Units A total of up to three of the following Expansion I O Units can be connected to an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit The total of three Units must also include Expansion Units 24 input 16 output Unit
101. Cs ware User s Manual GESERBIEDISUE of the CP1E PLCs o Greven erem this manual Basic system configuration e Part names and functions e Installation and settings e Troubleshooting Use this manual together with the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 and Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W483 SYSMAC CP Series W480 CP1E ELILIDLEI E To learn the software Describes the following information for CP1E CP1E CPU Unit Soft CP1E NOODG O specifications of the PLCs ware User s Manual EE SEE CP1E PLCs e CPU Unit operation e Internal memory e Programming e Settings e CPU Unit built in functions e Interrupts High speed counter inputs e Pulse outputs e Serial communications e Analog I O function e Other functions Use this manual together with the CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 and Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W483 SYSMAC CP Series W483 CP1E ELILIDLEI E To learn program Describes each programming instruction in CP1E CPU Unit Instruc CP1E NOODG O ming instructions in detail tions Reference Manual CP1E NALIEIDEI EI detail When programming use this manual together with the CP1E CPU Unit Software Users Man ual Cat No W480 CS CJ CP NSJ Series W342 CS1G H CPULILIH To learn communica Describes ed CS1G H CPULILI V1 E for 1 C mode commands and mands Reference Man 2 FINS commands in detail ual CS1D CPULHIEH series Controllers in CS1D CPUCGS de
102. D et Oo 5 PFP 1 OON2 28 25 x 4 5 long holes re no 3040 8 27 zz 29 2 Co il 5 pe m m 5 73018 j j 35 0 3 27 0 15 1 PFP 50N dimensions are given in parentheses e End Plate Use the PFP M End Plates to secure the Units so that they do not move towards one end or the other of the DIN Track i Surface Installation e Surface Installation e Create the mounting holes in the mounting surface as shown in the dimensions diagrams e Align the CP1E CPU Unit with the mounting holes and secure it in place with M4 screws CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 9 5 Installation and Wiring e Surface Installation Mounting Hole Pitch e CP1E E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units or Expansion I O Units with 32 or 40 I O Points Mounting hole pitch A mm i CP1E CPU Unit 120 0 5 TT 140 0 5 18520 5 120 0 5 Expansion I O Units Unit with 32 I O 140 0 2 points le Unit with 40 I O 140 0 2 Sm points e CP1E E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units Expansion I O Units with 8 16 or 20 I O Points and Expansion Units Unit CP1E E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit with 32 or 40 I O Points 100mm Mounting hole pitch A mm CP1E CPU Unit E10 CPU Unit 56 0 5 E N14 CPU Unit 76 0 5 Unit 100mm NA14 20 CPU Unit Unit with 8 output 56 0 2 Expansion I O Unit points Expa
103. D UE UNG ae 8 12 8 2 1 NNN 8 12 8 2 2 Part Names PN Be 8 12 8 2 3 SBeSIHCdllONNlS EEE EE 8 13 8 2 4 Flow of Operation p 8 15 Analog VO UNIS icine ERA E A AR 8 20 8 3 1 DENNE 8 20 8 3 2 Part Names and FIN 8 20 8 3 3 Specifications EEE EEE 8 21 8 3 4 gio Of OPEratiON EEE EEE EA 8 27 Temperature Sensor Units iic es iwi tet sc cis E ob ete em crus uice ACA ur ed eae aeeareccepmameeoweayaensaeae 8 34 8 4 1 gc ETT 8 34 8 4 2 PANEL TI TM 8 34 8 4 3 GS SIG 1 eg EE EEE EE m 8 35 8 4 4 TINN 8 35 8 4 5 ge 119 BLE ie doo EEE T Men 8 44 CompoBus S TO Link Units Lsvsvv4v4v424v47444ssrn 8 50 8 5 1 SEE EEE EEE NN EEE 8 50 8 5 2 Pant Names and FUNCUONS en 8 50 8 5 3 PANNE 8 52 8 5 4 gie OT Ce FAO RER EE 8 52 Appendices DIMENS ONS asiste se A 2 A 1 1 PUR A 2 A 1 2 NPE hr A 4 A 1 3 Expansion VO UNE varende A 5 A 1 4 EP SNE oot cece RR ede A 7 Wing DEAN sa A 9 A 2 1 PU M H A 9 A 2 2 zeziplenieAsicce t A 17 A 2 3 Expansion NE T HR A 24 A 2 4 Serial Communications lssssssessssssssesssseeen eene nennen nennen nnn nnne nnn nnne nnns sene nnn nnns A 29 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 3 Wiring Tor Serial Communications ss s
104. DR A CP1E NAODLILI A DC Power Supply CP1E NAODLILI D or o os Jos os o T os o conooon os or Fowl 2 Eo os or T A I l DC Power Supply CIO 0 CIO 1 e v CIO 100 CIO 101 e Transistor Outputs Sinking CO0 CIO CP1E N40DT O B 100 U 101 Popp ppp p gt Jeofeofoofoo os or fou vs co os ar Lill I l DOUTO TIDE 3 To g DC Power Supply VN B 00 CIO 100 CIO 101 3 o Ine N40DT D e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N40DT1 O CIO 100 CIO 101 T in O U C 3 a DC Power Supply Nc 00 CIO 100 CIO 101 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 13 Appendices CPU Units with 60 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e All Models e Relay Outputs AC Power Supply CP1E N60DR CP1E N60DUIL A MM DC Power Supply ae n OOO OW TI T CP1E N60DLILI D 00 01 02 04 05 07 OO 02 04 07 00 02 04 05 07 ICOM COM COM 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 COM 01 03 COM 06 HIRI CIO 0 CIO 1 CIO 2 ke DC Power Supply COM o 100 on 101 el 102 N60DR D oo e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E N60DT O ClO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 C EI SIN DC Power Supply NC ICOM CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 N60DT D e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N60DT1 O CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 00 01 02 0
105. E N14DLI D CIO 0 Protective ground terminal NC 00 02 04 06 Nc NC COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Input terminal NC No connection CP1E N20DLI D Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal NC No connection 3 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Output Arrangement AC Power Supply and DC Power Supply CP1E E10DLI LI COM Common terminal 00 to 03 Output terminal NC No connection P COM Common terminal 9 00 to 05 Output terminal c NC No connection a COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal NC No connection EM I m IB I N O O Z N O O U E C 3 mp o CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 5 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units I Part Names and Functions E type CPU Unit CP1E E30 40DR A Power supply input terminals Input terminals Input terminal block OI 8 Ground dis terminal indicators 3 Peripheral Expansion USB port 000000 000000 I O Unit 00000060 000000 Analog 000000 000000 connector adjusters H 9Output Operation a indicators indicators Output terminal block Output terminals 3External power supply Number N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N30 40 60DL U CP1E NA20DL U a5Built in RS 232C communications status indicator 4
106. EE EE EIE 6969 40EDR Precautions for Correct Use I O Connecting Cable can be used in one place only in each CP1E PLC It cannot be used in more than one
107. Error code A400 4101 to 42FF Error information i Backup Memory Error Cause Remedy Writing to the backup memory built in EEPROM Replace the CPU Unit when the backup memory built in fails EEPROM has been written to more than 100 000 times A315 15 will turn ON 6 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting e Reference Error flag Backup Memory Error Flag A315 15 Error code A400 OOF 1 Error information PLC Setup Errors Cause Remedy A set value error occurred in the PLC Setup Correct the PLC Setup with correct values e Reference Error flag PLC Setup Error Flag A402 10 Error code A400 009B Error information I Option Board Errors Cause Remedy The Option Board is removed while the power is Turn OFF the power supply and then install the Option being supplied Board again A315 13 will turn ON e Reference Option Board Error Flag A315 13 Other Non fatal Error Flag A402 00 Error code A400 00D1 Error information I Battery Errors Cause Remedy If the PLC Setup is set to detect battery errors this Check the battery connections error will occur when there is an error in the battery Select the Do not detect battery error Check Box in the in the CPU Unit i e the voltage is low or a battery PLC Setup setting if battery free operation is being used is not mounted Error flag e Reference Error flag Battery Error Flag A402 04 Error code A40
108. Flowchart uuum mc 4 2 ode ed ee rea oe oe eee ee era eee 6 6 6 1 7 No Operation When Power Is Supplied rv eee eee 6 7 6 1 8 FULLER cL 6 7 bl CPUE ariere er 6 11 RD Nomfatal EMOS eee See 6 12 6 1 11 EE SEEREN 6 14 6 2 Troubleshooting Unit Errors 00 6 15 6 2 1 hj cm EN 6 15 D JUDU us ose EREPTPLREIRTERSTEPUURET RU RED bee ne eee eae Be ene 6 16 622 BUINANAOQ 3 33 444654 oe 9 VOR CIERRE EO REL eoo boc ea 6 17 6 2 4 CX Programmer Connection llle rn ner 6 18 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 1 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 Troubleshooting CPU Unit Errors This section describes how to troubleshoot errors that occur in the CP1E CPU Units 6 1 1 Errors and Remedies Use the following procedure when an error occurs Error occurs Check the indicators r Check the indicators on the front of the CPU Unit or use the CX Programmer to read the error status Identify the error from the indicators refer to 6 1 5 Types of Errors or use the CX Programmer to read the error status Identify the error Implement countermeasures ET Take measures to eliminate the error that occurred and to prevent it from occurring again 6 1 2 Checking Errors The type of error that occurred can be determined by checking the indicators on the front of the CPU Unit or by using the CX Programmer Refer to 6 1 5 Types of Errors for details on the types of error status 1 Checking
109. Hardware User s Manual W479 8 17 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e The Analog Output Unit will not start converting analog I O values until the range code has been written The output will be 0 V or 0 mA e After the range code has been set 0 V or 0 mA will be output for the 0 to 10V 10 to 10V or 0 to 20 mA ranges and 1 V or 4 mA will be output for the 1 to 5V and 4 to 20 mA ranges until a convertible value has been written to the output word e Once the range code has been set in the Analog Output Unit it is not possible to change the setting while power is being supplied to the CPU Unit To change the I O range turn the CPU Unit OFF then ON again 3 Writing Analog Output Set Values The ladder program can be used to write data to the output word where the set value is stored The output words will be n 1 to n 4 when n is the last output word allocated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit 4 Startup Operation After power is turned ON it will require two cycle times plus approximately 50 ms before the first data is converted The following table shows the output status after the initial processing is completed Output type Voltage output Current output Output range 0 to 10 V 1to5V 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 10 to 10 V OV OmA Before range code is written After range code is OV 1V OmA 4mA written Therefore create a program as shown below so that when operati
110. I O Connecting Cable 1 CompoBus S Terminals ie 8 50 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 1 CompoBus S Terminals The following CompoBus S terminals are provided CompoBus S communications data high low terminals NC terminals for communications power supply plus and minus and an NC ter minal Power is supplied internally for this Unit so the NC terminals for communications power supply can be used as relay terminals 2 DIP Switch Used to specify the node number for the CompoBus S I O Link Unit NODE NUMBER tc wN cxoc0 SW1 1 ON 0 OFF The long distance communications mode p can be used only when one of the pong distance communICaANonS Moce following Master Units is connected High speed communications mode C200 SME ENT GGIMTSSRIMETSVT HOLD Retain outputs after a communications error or SRM1 CO V2 Clear outputs after a communications error 3 LED Indicators Used to show the CompoBus S communications status COMM Communications indicator Yellow ON Communications in progress OFF Communications stopped or error has occurred ERR Error indicator ON A communications error has occurred OFF Indicates normal communications or stand by 4 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector of a CP1E CPU Unit or an Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit The cable is provided with the CompoBus S
111. I O Link Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 5 Expansion Connector Used to connect Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 51 spun Xur1 O I S sngodwiog g ri ch no U Y 3 D D o m 5 a T c 3 O D 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 5 3 Specifications Model CP1W SRT21 Master slave CompoBus S Slave Number of I O points 8 input points 8 output points Number of words allocated in 1 input word 1 output word CPU Unit I O memory Node number setting Set using the DIP switch Set before turning on the CPU Unit s power supply 8 5 4 Flow of Operation 7 Connect the Unit Connect the CompoBus S I O Link Unit The node number should be a unique number between 0 and 15 Use the DIP switch to set the CompoBus S l O Link Unit s node CompoBus S I O Link Unit number communications mode and the status of output data and set the DIP switch when a communications error occurs 3 Connect the CompoBus S I O Link Unit to a CompoBus S trans Wire the CompoBus S mission path transmission path 1 Connect the CompoBus S I O Link Unit to the CPU Unit 2 Determine the node number of the CP1W SRT21 CP1E CPU Unit CompoBus S I O Link Unit O dc00 240vloen B 1CH 00000 000000
112. IES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted INNO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY REPAIR OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED STORED INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION ABUSE MISUSE OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Application Considerations SUITABILITY FOR USE OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customer s application or use of the products At the customer s request OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given This i
113. L p 7 2 en a j ET e e IIS OT l Power j N J equipment do such as i J transformers f o and magnetic J D A relays LG A l 2 Oo MIB l LIG A 2 2 e 2 A 2 f 2 relays etc Terminal A j Not heat blocks for f Terminal block generating PLC Z for power 7 equipment or f equipment A power j 7 equipment p CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 11 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units This section describes how to connect Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Connection Methods 1 Remove the cover from the CPU Unit s or the Expansion I O Unit s expansion connector Use a flat head screwdriver to remove the cover from the Expansion I O Connector E O el ee SS omron SYS CP1 MAC BATTERY PERIPHERAL power Expansion Connector Cover A Remove 2 Insert the Expansion I O Units connecting cable into the CPU Unit s or the Expansion I O Unit s expansion connector
114. NNE 4454 6 12 FN EE 6 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Section 7 Section 8 7 1 7 2 Section A 10 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 5 A 1 A 2 6 2 1 100 T 6 15 6 2 2 UME H X Te 6 16 6 2 3 si zigeii T 6 17 6 2 4 CX Programmer CONnnection ccccccsseccecceeescccecenseecceeeececeeeueeeeeeacseeeeceeeeessaaeeeesseseeeessaeeeeesees 6 18 Maintenance and Inspection Periodic Maintenance and Inspection ee Leere eere eere eerie enne enean 7 2 7 1 1 Tools Required for Inspections cccccceeeeeecceeececceeeeeececeusecececeuseeecsuaaeeeeseuaueeeeseuseeessuagseesensages 7 2 7 1 2 FT 7 2 7 1 3 Inspection ANG Maintenance Lu cssaccasesendcicandacswnacuamnsebessensesueneddbetecnqcedjedeksedtbuesastestoudevozaedsueseuuieues 7 3 7 1 4 Unit Replacement PRECAUTIONS csp ccrceccansasnueacuanantcparsdeennctesaccadsaueswieucun ceonccheuuddessaueduuuneweuslcndecaueceues 7 4 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units nrrrnnnvernnnnvvnnnnvennnnvennnnnennnnnnnnnnnvnnnnnvevnnnnennnnr 7 5 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units ANAG i oo P UNIS ooo ects 8 2 8 1 1 SES S 8 2 8 1 2 Part Names and TE 8 2 8 1 3 PEN Se Sn 8 3 8 1 4 FT ENN 8 6 Analog COUL
115. O Cold junction compensator Temperature input 1 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 37 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units b CP1W TS002 Up to four K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS002 but all four of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Input O Input 1 compensator Temperature input 1 Temperature input 3 Precautions for Correct Use When using a Temperature Sensor Unit with a thermocouple input observe the following precau tions e Do not remove the cold junction compensator attached at the time of delivery If the cold junc tion compensator is removed the Unit will not be able to measure temperatures correctly e Each of the input circuits is calibrated with the cold junction compensator attached to the Unit If the Unit is used with the cold junction compensator from other Units the Unit will not be able to measure temperatures correctly e Do not touch the cold junction compensator Doing so may result in incorrect temperature measurement 2 Platinum Resistance Thermometers a CP1W TS101 One or two Pt or JPt platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS101 but both of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Input O Input 1 Input 1 NC NC NC NC A A B Temperature input 0 Temperature input 1 8 38 CP1E CPU Unit Hard
116. O Q L9 hcio0 240vlocu E 1 Life ew cow 01 03 05 07 oo 11 Jor os os a7 oo 11 91 G j 0 o O I 00 Loz e os of 9 o os oas oe os io NOT 00 o2 04 06 o8 10 CH CH 00 01 05 06 07 CH oo o1 o2 04 05 3 C amp com 06 d q O O 4 analog outputs Model CP1W DA041 Item Voltage output Current output Analog Number of analog outputs 4 outputs 4 words allocated ede Output signal range 1t05 V O to 10V or 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA section External output allowable load 2 KQ min 350 max resistance 1 6000 full scale Overall accu 0 4 full scale 0 8 full scale D A conversion data 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex Conversion time 2 ms point 8 ms all points Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog I O terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals Current consumption 5 VDC 80 mA max 24 VDC 124 mA max Analog Output Signal Ranges The output data is converted to analog according to the output signal range as shown below EN Additional Information When the output exceeds the specified range t
117. O Ven 8 29 Analog Input Unit ososi ae 8 7 Analog Output UN Luusssenminpemsmnioasannneson 8 16 CompoBus S TO Link Unit acean nonae eee 8 54 8 52H 44 A 9 DC Tower Supply saved 5 16 Expansion 10 Unit uci corto eerte ottenere A 17 Expansion GO ep EN ECT A 24 Ground NES 222 rop eoa entume a edd 5 15 5 16 pes 5 17 Noise control e A 42 QUU T r 5 20 Serial communications eee A 29 A 34 Wiring COMMOCIONS csssoden nra tara sion rsen dae tnr SS saws A 35 VING Diagrams m A 9 Ua IMAC CUCS 5 10 TFT vr A 29 Wiring power SUDDIY siectevterscedecathcentecwinecumvestedemes 5 14 5 16 Index 3 Index 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W479 E1 03 Revision code Revision code code Revised content 2009 Original production Information added on CX Programmer Micro PLC Edition version 8 2 June 2009 upgrading to version 9 0 e Information added on the features of pulse outputs and PWM outputs e Errors were corrected Information added on E10 14 N14 60 and NA20 CPU Units 05 vanuary 2070 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Revision 1 Revision 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Authorized Distributor
118. O to A447 Read write 4 896 bits 306 words A448 to A753 Temporary Area TR 16 bits TRO to TR15 Timer Area T 256 timer numbers TO to T255 separate from counters Counter Area C 256 counter numbers CO to C255 separate from timers Data Memory Area D 2K words DO to D2047 8K words DO to D8191 Of these 1 500 words can be saved to the backup Of these 7 000 words can be saved to the backup memory built in EEPROM using settings in the memory built in EEPROM using settings in the Auxiliary Area Auxiliary Area Operating modes PROGRAM Mode Program execution is stopped Preparations can be executed prior to program execution in this mode MONITOR Mode Programs are executed Some operations such as online editing and changes to present values in I O mem ory are enabled in this mode RUN Mode Programs are executed This is the normal operating mode CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 11 1 wo o D zh O e O 5 T sonsuejoeleu2 Z E 4 1 Overview and Specifications 1 3 3 Functional Specifications The following table gives the functional specifications of CP1E CPU Units Function Description Cycle time Minimum cycle time Makes the cycle time consistent Maid Cycle time monitoring Monitors the cycle time High speed pulse High speed pulses from devices such as a rotary encoder are counted The inputs counted values are stored in the Auxiliary Area Interrupt tasks can be execut
119. ON time and OFF time during tor outputs only one pulse cycle can be set are output Normal Load OFF function All of the outputs on the CPU Unit s I O can be turned OFF when an error outputs occurs in RUN or MONITOR mode Built in analog Analog input Convert analog signal into digital value range from 0 to 6 000 Analog output Convert digital value range from 0 to 6 000 into analog signal Cyclic refreshing The Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units are cyclically refreshed Refreshing by IORF I O refreshing by IORF instruction All of the outputs on Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units are turned OFF 0000 hex when an error occurs in RUN or MONITOR mode Expansion I O Units Input response times The response time can be increased to reduce the effects of chattering and noise at input contacts The response time can be decreased to enable detecting shorter input pulses Expansion Units Unit error detection Errors in Expansion Units are detected The CPU Unit is notified that the Expansion Unit stopped due to an error Memory Holding I O memory when changing operating modes The status of I O memory can be held when the operating mode is changed manage The forced set reset status can be held when the operating mode is changed ment func Automatic backup to the backup memory Automatic backup of ladder programs and parameter area to the backup mem tions built in EEPROM ory built in EEPROM Communi Peripheral USB port Periphera
120. Output Noise Reduction Methods 0 000 eee ees 5 22 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 1 5 Installation and Wiring 5 1 Fail safe Circuits This section describes the fail safe circuits that must be set up outside the CP1E Always set up safety circuits outside of the PLC to prevent dangerous conditions in the event of errors in the CP1E CPU Unit or external power supply In particular be careful of the following points i Timing of Supplying Power to the PLC and the Controlled System If the PLC s power supply is turned ON after the controlled system s power supply outputs in Units such as DC Output Units may momentarily not function properly To prevent any malfunction add an external circuit that prevents the power supply to the controlled sys tem from going ON before the power supply to the PLC itself Safety Circuit for Errors Outputs Turned OFF When any of the following errors occur PLC operation program execution will stop and all outputs from the Units will be turned OFF e A CPU error watchdog timer error or CPU on standby e A fatal error memory error I O bus error too many I O points error program error cycle time exceeded error or FALS error Be sure to add any circuits necessary outside of the PLC to ensure the safety of the system in the event of an error that stops PLC operation Safety Circuit after a Malfunction When an Output Remains ON It is possible for an
121. Ox80FO A401 09 Program A294 Error Details A299 Ox809F A401 08 OxC101 to A401 06 OxC2FF o L zi Oo c i3 0 gt O Oo et 5 O U c c 3 m Oo 0 SJ0JJ3 JO Sed G 9 6 Troubleshooting ERR m z T ig Q Not lit X Flashing X Lit COM Error built in information 2 RS 232C Error Opera ere code tion in A400 status cations status 0x4101 A402 15 Executed A360 Opera to tion con Ox42FF tinues Ox00F1 A315 15 ae Ox009B A402 10 EB OxOOD2 A315 13 Error Option Board Number Ox00F7 A402 04 17 Non FAL je x fatal instruction i Lit Flash errors executed ing Backup memory error PLC setup error Option Board error Battery error Built in ana 0x008A 315 14 Built in log error analog I O error details 1 The indicator status is the same for CPU errors and fatal errors but they can be distinguished because a Programming Device can be connected when a fatal error occurs but not when a CPU error occurs 2 Refer to 6 1 8 Fatal Errors and 6 1 10 Non fatal Errors for details on fatal and non fatal errors Note The indicator status shows the status of the errors that have occurred in RUN or MONITOR mode 6 1 6 Error Processing Flowchart Confirm the error category by referring to the status of the CPU Unit indicators investigate the cause for the error in the error tables and take corrective actions POWER indicat
122. PU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 15 16 Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Provide safety measures in external circuits i e not in the Programmable Con troller including the following items to ensure safety in the system if an abnormality occurs due to malfunction of the PLC or another external factor affecting the PLC operation Not doing so may result in serious accidents e Emergency stop circuits interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety mea sures must be provided in external control circuits e The PLC will turn OFF all outputs when its self diagnosis function detects any error or when a severe failure alarm FALS instruction is executed Unexpected opera tion however may still occur for errors in the I O control section errors in I O mem ory and errors that cannot be detected by the self diagnosis function As a countermeasure for all these errors external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system e The PLC outputs may remain ON or OFF due to deposition or burning of the output relays or destruction of the output transistors As a countermeasure for such prob lems external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system When the 24 VDC output Servi
123. SW6 OFF no RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface A 32 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices e Wiring Example Using RS 422A 485 Ports with RS 485 2 wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Polled Unit No 0 CJ1M CPU Unit Polled Unit No 1 Built in RS 232C port CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit DIP SW DIP SW DIP SW SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW1 OFF no terminating resistance SW1 ON with terminating resistance SW2 ON 2 wire connection SW2 ON 2 wire connection SW2 ON 2 wire connection SW3 ON 2 wire connection SW3 ON 2 wire connection SW3 ON 2 wire connection SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW4 OFF SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SW5 OFF no RS control for RD SWE ON with RS control for SD SW6 ON with RS control for SD SWE ON with RS control for SD RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface RS 422A 485 interface Signal name Signal name o E ia c T c e on C e Q Q tc tc sweibeig bul Z Y P n D CoD D i O O 3 3 C 2 O 5 7 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 33 Appendices A 3 Wiring for Serial Communications A 3 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring Recommended RS 232C Wiring We reco
124. T FG 8 z O 3 Wiring analog input devices to the Analog I O Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable xot m mE cm des m TE VO Unit T I O Unit 9 J T i Precautions for Correct Use e Do not connect the shield when using shielded twisted pair cables e When an input is not being used short the and terminals e Separate wiring from power lines AC power supply lines high voltage lines etc e When there is noise in the power supply line install a noise filter on the input section and the power supply terminals M re I 1 O O O D D D O 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 29 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units EN Additional Information Refer to the following information on open circuits when using voltage inputs Internal circuits Example If connected device 2 is outputting 5 V and the same power supply is being used for both devices as shown above approximately 1 3 or 1 6 V will be applied to the input for input device 1 If a wiring disconnection occurs when voltage input is being used the situation described below will result Either separate the power supplies for the connected devices or use an isolator for each input e f the same power supply is being used by the connected devices and a disconnection occurs at points A or B in the above diagram an unwanted circuit path will occur as shown along the dotted l
125. UdUWIQ V i CP1W 16ELILI Expansion I O Units with 16 Output Points Unit mm T Co m X D D 2 v O 2 O C m o 90 100 0 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 5 Appendices I CP1W 32ER ET ET1 Expansion I O Units with 32 Output Points Unit mm 110 100 90 Eosooocoo 32ER a ae rss beror ae j 4 04 5 I CP1W 20EDLIL Expansion I O Units with 20 I O Points Unit mm Unit mm 110 100 90 A 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices A 1 4 Expansion Units i CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Units Unit mm I CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit Unit mm suoisuauilq L V Unit mm T Li Jx ITI x lt D sa 2 o O C 2 pert o CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 7 Appendices I CP1W TSLILIL Temperature Sensor Units Unit mm 100 0 2 1 CP1W SRT21 CompoBus S I O Link Unit Unit mm 90 100 0 2 A 8 CP1E CPU Unit Ha
126. W479 3 Part Names and Functions l Output Specifications for Transistor Outputs Sinking or Sourcing CP1E N14 20 30 40 60DT 1 O CP1E E10DT 1 O CP1E NA20DT 1 O e Normal Outputs Specification Item EE CIO 100 02 to CIO 100 07 CIO 101 00 to bd CIO 101 07 and CIO 102 00 to CIO 102 07 2 QD Maximum 0 3 A output 0 9 A common 9 switching 4 5 to 30 VDC capacity CP1E E10DD D 0 9 A Unit CP1E N14DLI L1 1 5 A Unit CP1E N20DLI LI 1 8 A Unit CP1E NSODLI LI 2 7 A Unit CP1E NAODLI L1 3 6 A Unit CP1E N60DLI L1 5 4 A Unit CP1E NA20DLI LI 1 8 A Unit Co Minimum 1 mA 4 5 to 30 VDC di switching O capacity z 3 Leakage 0 1mA max Q current O Residual E type CPU Unit 1 5 V max 1 5V max 9 voltage N NA type CPU Unit 0 6 V max ped S a ON response 0 1 ms max 0 1 ms max time OFF response E type CPU Unit 1 ms max 1 ms max time N NA type CPU Unit 0 1 ms max Fuse Not provided Circuit e N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO e E type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO configuration 100 00 to CIO 100 01 sinking 100 00 to CIO 100 03 sinking mium E e N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 02 to CIO 102 07 sinking IZ pe Son Doy o o Internal circuits e N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 00 to CIO 100 01 sourcing E type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 00 to CIO 100 03 sourcing N NA type CPU Unit Normal outputs CIO 100 02 to CIO 102 07 sourcing
127. Weight 5 VDC 24 VDC RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIFO1 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or Includ Includ NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an RS ing in ing in GE 232C port CPU CPU Non isolated RS 422A 485 CP1W CIF11 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or Includ Option Board NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an RS ing in 422A 485 port CPU um Maximum transmission distance 50 m Isolated RS 422A 485 Option CP1W CIF12 Mounted in the option slot of an N30 40 60 or 0 075A 30g Board NA20 CPU Unit and can be used as an RS 422A 485 port EN Maximum transmission distance 500 m Battery CP1W BATO1 Mounted in an N NA type CPU Unit Mount the Battery to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the following areas need to be retained after a power interruption e DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM backup func tion Holding Area H Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C e Auxiliary Area related to clock function A A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit Note The CP1W MEOBM Memory Cassette CP1W DAMO1 LCD Option Board and CP1W CIF41 Ethernet Option Board cannot be used with the CP1E CPU Unit N O 9 c c 5 2 a Includ ing in CPU sjonpoJg jeuondQ Z Z Z CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 7 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Installation and Wiring Products Name and appearance Model number Specifications and app
128. X Programmer Uninstall the CX Programmer when it is no longer required Uninstall the application using Add and Remove Applications in the control panel V Precautions for Correct Use Log on as a user with Administrator privileges when uninstalling CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 7 4 Programming Device 4 2 Connecting by USB This section describes how to connect a computer running the CX Programmer and the CP1E CPU Unit 4 2 1 Connecting by USB Preparations for Connection The USB driver must be installed in the computer to connect the PLC to the computer using the USB port Refer to 4 2 2 Installing the USB Driver for the installation of the USB driver Connection Methods Using commercially available USB cable connect the CX Programmer to the peripheral USB port on the CPU Unit CX Programmer USB port A connector CP1E CPU Unit O Commercially available i EEE USB cable m a OIG 222222 Peripheral USB port Conforming to USB 2 0 B connector lS eod Commercially available USB cable 5 m max for USB 2 0 l Precautions for Correct Use The CX Programmer cannot be used by connecting to the built in RS 232C port or a Serial Option Board port of the CP1E CPU Unit Connec
129. X Programmer for CP1E In the remainder of this sec tion CX Programmer refers to the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E When using the full version of CX Programmer provided in CX One refer to the CX Program mer Operation Manual Cat No W446 e A Programming Console cannot be used for the CP1E Use the CX Programmer 4 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device Using Project Files Saved with the CX Programmer CXP on the CX Programmer for CP1E The CX Programmer for CP1E cannot open a CXP project created on the CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite Use programming from a project saved in a CXP file on the CX Programmer for CP1E according to the following procedure 1 Start the CX Programmer CX One CX One Lite and CX Programmer for CP1E together 2 Copy the rungs of the program to be used from the Ladder Programming Window of the CX Pro grammer CX One CX One Lite and paste them into the CX Programmer for CP1E A Additional Information Files created with the CX Programmer for CP1E CXE can be opened with CX Programmer T D 2 o o a o Q 3 3 2 e g o s O o o version 8 2 and higher p m I CX Programmer The CX Programmer is a basic software application for creating and debugging PLC programs JeujumejBoJg X2 Zz L v Programming functions CX Programmer Debugging and maintenance functions
130. a Noued gt Data always received 6 RS control selection for SD 3 RS control enabled RS control disabled Data always sent 1 Set both pins 2 and 3 to either ON 2 wire or OFF 4 wire 2 To disable the echo back function set pin 5 to ON RS control enabled 3 When connecting to a device on the N side in a 1 N connection with the 4 wire method set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled Also when using 2 wire connections set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 39 suoneoiunululo2 EAS 10 BULIM v S8v VGGV SU x im Co O O 2 lt D ct 2 mr 2 D UJ c A 2 JJ p NO QD NO O U O mi mr O Appendices e Dimensions I NT AL001 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit The NT ALOO1 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit is used to connect a device with RS 232C terminals to a device with RS 422A terminals A cable is used to connect the built in RS 232C port of the CP1E N NA type CPU Unit The Conversion Unit is insulated so the maximum distance for RS 422A is 500 m Appearance e DIP Switch Setting The NT AL001 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit has a DIP switch for setting RS 422A 485 communications conditions When connecting the Serial Communications Option Board refer to the DIP switch settings shown in the following table 1 Not used Leave set to ON ON 2 Built in terminating resistance setting ON ON Connects terminating resistanc
131. acies in the first digit after the decimal point 0 1 C F Treat any resolution above that specified for the normal data format as reference data 8 44 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units e Temperature Data Partitioning and Structure Temperature Data Actual Temperature x 100 Binary Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags 15 14 13 12 11 8 7 4 3 0 Leftmost Temperature Open circuit Not used Rightmost Flag Unit Flag Flag Temperature data 0 Leftmost 0 Normal Always 0 1 Rightmost 1 Error 15 14 13 12 11 8 7 4 3 0 Open circuit 0 Leftmost 0 Normal 1 Rightmost 1 Error Leftmost Rightmost Flag Indicates whether the leftmost or rightmost 3 digits are provided Temperature Unit Flag Indicates whether the temperature is in C or F Open circuit Flag Turns ON 1 when an open circuit is detected The temperature data will be 7FF FFF if this flag is ON e Data Conversion Examples Example 1 Temperature 1 130 25 C x100 113025 Temperature Data 01B981 hexadecimal for 113025 e I o 3 D D D mr o o D 5 D O c S 2 0 Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags B 0 0 1 B Daa ojojojo o 1 Ld Flags Temperature data ra Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags Flags ae ote xe B pta tjo ojo 9 8 1 8 9 8 1 a Normal Flags Temperature 3 Rightmost data M CP1E CPU Unit Har
132. analog inputs 0 100A 0 090A 200g Oto5V 1to5V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V Oto 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 CP1W DA041 4 analog outputs 0 080A 0 124A 200g 1t0 5 V Oto 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Resolution 1 6 000 CP1W TS001 Thermocouple inputs K or J 2 inputs 0 040A 0 059A 250g CP1W TS002 Thermocouple inputs K or J 4 inputs 0 040A 0 059A 250g CP1W TS101 Platinum resistance thermometer inputs 0 dd 0 indui 250g Pt100 or JPt100 2 inputs CP1W TS102 Platinum resistance thermometer inputs 0 nal 0 mE 250g Pt100 or JPt100 4 inputs CompoBus S I O Link Unit CP1W SRT21 Can perform communications as a Compo 0 029A 200g Bus S slave via 8 inputs and 8 outputs 2 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 3 5 Restrictions on System Configuration The following restrictions apply to the CP series Expansion Units and CP series Expansion I O Units that can be connected to CP1E CPU Units Restriction on the Number of Connected Units A total of up to three Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units can be connected to an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units cannot be connected to E10 14 20 or N14 20
133. and Functions i Analog I O NA type CPU Units The NA type CPU Units of the CP1E CPU Units are equipped with 2 built in analog inputs and 1 built in analog output amp Analog Input Specifications Item Voltage input Current input Number of inputs 2 inputs Allocated 2 words CIO 90 to CIO 91 Input signal range Oto5V 1to5V 0to 10 V or 10 O to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA to 10 V Max rated input 30 mA External input impedance Approx 250 Resolution 1 6000 Overall accuracy 0 3 full scale 0 4 full scale Q i O U c c 2 T A D conversion 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex FS data 0000 to 1770 hex FS Averaging function Supported Set for individual inputs in the PLC Setup Open circuit detection function Supported Value when disconnected 8000 hex Analog Output Specifications Item Voltage output Current output Number of outputs 1 output Allocated 1 word CIO 190 Output signal range 0to5 V 1t05 V 0 to 10 V or 10 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA to 10V Allowable external output load resis 6000 max tance External input impedance Resolution 1 6000 Overall accuracy 0 4 full scale 0 8 full scale D A conversion 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex FS data Other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex FS suoineouyioeds O I UOWWOD L When the analog current output is 0 to 20mA the accuracy cannot be ensured at 0 2mA or less e Shared I O Specifications Item Specification Conversion time 2 ms po
134. anual W479 3 11 3 Part Names and Functions e Estimating the Service Life of Relays Under normal conditions the service life of output contacts is as shown above The service life of relays is as shown in the following diagram as a guideline CP1E LILIDR LI 1000 700 500 5 250 VAC coso 0 3 30 VDC t 7ms 2 1 0 1 0 2 0 3 0 50 7 1 2 3 5 710 Contact current A e Relationship between Continuous Simultaneous ON Rate and Ambient Temperature There are restrictions on the power supply voltage and output load current imposed by the ambient temperature Make sure that the power supply voltage and output load current are within the follow ing ranges CP1E N14DR D CP1E N20DR D CP1E N30DR D CP1E N40DR D CP1E N60DR D 100 100 Power voltage Power voltage 21 6VDC Power voltage 21 6VDC 21 6VDC 50 50 Power voltage Power voltage 20 4VDC Power voltage Power voltage 20 AVDC 20 4VDC 20 4VDC 40 45 55 C 35 45 550C 30 4550550 9 40 45 55 C 0 Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Ambient temperature CP1E 014DR A CP1E LI20DR A CP1E NA20DR A CP1E N20DTL U more 100 80 Eee r 096 096 50 55 C Ambient temperature Ambient temperature Note The above restrictions apply to the relay output load current from the CPU Unit even if Expansion I O Units are not connected 3 12 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual
135. arallel with the load or contact as shown below Ircul aracteristic CR method If the load is a relay or solenoid there is a time lag between the moment the cir cuit is opened and the moment the load is reset If the supply voltage is 24 or 48 V insert the arc killer in parallel with the load If the supply voltage is 100 to 200V insert the arc killer between the contacts Diode method The diode connected in parallel with the load changes energy accumulated by the coil into a current which then flows into the coil so that the current will be converted into Joule heat by the resis tance of the inductive load Inductive load This time lag between the moment the Circuit is opened and the moment the load is reset caused by this method is longer than that caused by the CR method Varistor method The varistor method prevents the impo sition of high voltage between the con tacts by using the constant voltage characteristic of the varistor There is time lag between the moment the circuit is opened and the moment the load is reset If the supply voltage is 24 or 48 V insert the varistor in parallel with the load If the supply voltage is 100 to 200 V insert the varistor between the contacts e When switching a load with a high inrush current such as an incandescent lamp suppress the inrush current as shown below Method 1 Method 2 Providing a dark current of approx one third of Providing a l
136. are in progress Flashing through the peripheral USB port Other than the above Not lit BKUP Yellow X The user programs parameters or specified DM Area words are Lit being written to the backup memory built in EEPROM e Other than the above Not lit Precautions for Safe Use Do not turn OFF the power supply to the PLC when the BKUP indicator is lit It indicates that data is being written to the backup memory built in EEPROM If the power supply is turned OFF while the BKUP indicator is ON data in the backup memory built in EEPROM may be destroyed CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 3 Q i O U c c 2 T SHUN NdO O2 VEN 10 OG P Lt 013 L L E 3 Part Names and Functions i Terminal Arrangements e Input Arrangement AC Power Supply CP1E E10DLI A CIO 0 LOIN L1 L2 N Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal COM Common terminal 00 to 05 Input terminal NC No connection L1 L2 N Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Input terminal NC No connection CP1E LI20DLI A CIO 0 cow ot oa o o o9 11 L1 L2 N Power supply terminal Protective ground terminal COM Common terminal 00 to 11 Input terminal NC No connection DC Power Supply CP1E E10DLI D CIO 0 T peo oo os E Protective ground terminal COM Common terminal 00 to 05 Input terminal NC No connection CP1
137. are installing for this hardware OMRON STSMAC PLC Device JOAUG GSN eui Buieisu z z v has not passed Windows Logo testing to verify its compatibility with Windows AP Tell me why this testing is important Continuing pour installation of this software may impair or destabilize the correct operation of your system either immediately or in the future Microsoft strongly recommends that you stop this installation now and contact the hardware vendor for software that has passed Windows Logo testing Continue Anyway The following dialog box will be dis played if the installation is completed normally Click the Finish Button Completing the Found New i Hardware Wizard Found New Hardware Wizard The wizard has finished installing the software for OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device Click Finish ta close the wizard CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 11 4 Programming Device i Installing a Specified USB Driver If the USB driver cannot be installed automatically use the following procedure to install it e Windows Vista 1 Turn ON the power supply to the PLC and connect the peripheral USB port on the PLC to the personal computer using a USB cable 2 The following dialog box will be dis played Select Locate and install driver software Recommended The following dialog box will be dis played Select don t have the disc Show me other options 4 The following dialog box will be dis played Cli
138. as been written The conversion data will be 0000 until the range code is written e Once the settings have been made it is not possible to change the settings while power is being supplied to the CPU Unit To change the range code or other settings turn the CPU Unit OFF then ON again 3 Averaging Set whether averaging is to be used for set data When the averaging bit is set to 1 the average moving average for the past eight inputs is output as conversion data CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 9 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 4 Reading Analog Input Conversion Values The ladder program can be used to read the memory area words where the converted val ues are stored With word m as the last input word allocated to the CPU Unit or an already connected Expansion Unit the A D conversion data will be output to the following words m 1 to m 4 5 Startup Operation After the power is turned ON it will require two cycle times plus approximately 50 ms before the first conversion data is stored in the input words Therefore create a program as shown below so that when operation begins simultaneously with startup it will wait for valid conver sion data The analog input data will be 0000 until the initial processing is completed Always ON TIM5 is started when the power is turned ON P_On After 0 1 to 0 2 s 100 to 200 ms elapses the TIM5 contact turns ON and the analog input 1 conversion data
139. autions for Correct Use Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before mounting or removing an Option Board 3 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Built in RS 232C Port and CP1W CIF01 RS 232C Option Board Front Rear Communications status indicator CPU Unit connector RS 232C connector e RS 232C Connector pus TS Oupus SG OV FG ES DO OW J o 5 JJ Og OI NS D U A pp C Note The following devices can be connected to pin 6 5V on the built in RS 232C port on the CPU Unit or the RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIFO1 mounted to the CPU Unit Do not connect pin 6 to any other device e RS 422A CJ1W CIF11 Conversion Adapter e RS 232C RS 422A NT AL001 Conversion Adapter e NV3W MLI20L Programmable Terminal CP1W CIF11 or CP1W CIF12 RS 422A 485 Option Board Front Rear Communications status indicator CPU Unit connector DIP switch for operation settings RDA RDB SDA SDB FG RS 232C connector CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 17 Q i O c c 2 T SHUN NdD ed A vN N 40 140g SUOIPEDIUNWIWWOD enas EUONdO L 3 18 Part Names and Functions e RS 422A 485 Terminal Block OOOOO A E RN Tighten screws on the terminal block to 0 28 N m RDA FG RDB SDA SDB DIP switch for operation settings 1 2 3 NO 6 or gt O Pin Setting ON both ends Terminatin
140. ce power supply to the PLC is overloaded or short circuited the voltage may drop and result in the outputs being turned OFF As a countermeasure for such problems external safety measures must be provided to ensure safety in the system Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the event of incorrect missing or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines momentary power interruptions or other causes Serious accidents may result from abnormal operation if proper measures are not provided Do not apply the voltage current outside the specified range to this unit It may cause a malfunction or fire CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Be sure to sufficiently confirm the safety at the destination when you transfer the program or I O memory or perform procedures to change the I O memory Devices connected to PLC outputs may incorrectly operate regardless of the operat ing mode of the CPU Unit With an E type CPU Unit or with an N NA type CPU Unit without a Battery the con tents of the DM Area D Holding Area H the Counter Present Values C the status of Counter Completion Flags C and the status of bits in the Auxiliary Area A related to clock functions may be unstable when the power supply is turned ON This does not apply to areas backed up to EEPROM using the DM backup function If the DM backup function is being used be sure to use one of the following methods
141. city 2 15 2 4 1 External Power Supply Capacity When Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units are COMME Cle TR 2 15 2 4 2 C rrent NNN 2 16 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Section 3 Part Names and Functions CPU UNEP 3 2 3 1 1 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units Veere 3 2 3 1 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units exces ioter ener ote notre tos paese be aHa de nud te bo caque tanc eor da suada ees 3 6 3 1 3 Common I O SPENNE ENT QT ERE 3 10 3 1 4 Optional Serial Communications Port for N NA type CPU Units esseeeesesss ss 3 16 2 i i od NS rt 3 19 3 2 1 Expansion os eb T 3 19 3 2 2 Expansion 0100 rc 3 20 3 2 3 PINE 3 22 3 2 4 HOR 011672 og SEE TED 3 24 Section 4 Programming Device 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E rannxrrnnnunnnnnunnnnnnunnnnunnnnnnvennnnuennnnnevnnnnvennnnvnnnnnner 4 2 4 1 1 Applicable Programming Devices i uomen atten dusivig edu ussuu ea pubsud Cine Du and e Combi dud naue duin ea ad decibaste Bu 4 2 4 1 2 CAPTO 4 3 4 1 3 Operating Environment and System Configuration rarronnnnnnnnnvovnnnanvennrnnvnnnnersnnrennunerevnennnnnnneer 4 4 4 1 4 FANEN PYM 4 4 4 1 5 Installing the Software eee 4 7 12 ere sa ze dodi oa
142. ck the Browse Button specify the following location and then click the Next Button C Program Files OMRON CX Server USB wind2000_XP Inf 4 12 Found New Hardware Windows needs to install driver software for your OMRON PLC V Locate and install driver software recommended Windows will quide you through the process of installing driver software for your device Ask me again later Windows will ask again the next time ycu plug in your device or log on Q3 u Found New Hardware OMRON PLC Insert the disc that came with your OMRON PLC If you have the disc that came with your device insert it now Windows will automatically search the disc for driver software I don t have the disc Show me other options Net Cancel F oum o 1 Browse for driver software on your computer Search for driver software in this location C Program Files OMRON CX Serven USB Win2000_XP Inf v Browse Jl Include subfolders as CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device Ignore the following dialog box if itis iguan cm displayed and select Install this driver software anyway Don t install this driver software You should check your manufacturer s website for updated driver software for your device Install this driver software anyway Only install driver software obtained from your manufacturer s website or disc Unsigned software fro
143. ck the error status The errors detected by the CPU Unit are listed in the following table Refer to 6 2 Troubleshooting Unit Errors for errors not detected by the CPU Unit e Error code storage word e Error flags e Error information Error Power supply error e CPU error WDT error 1 Lit Peripheral USB port communications error Built in RS 232C port communica tions error Fatal Memory errors error 1 2 I O bus error Too many I O points r error Program error Cycle time exceeded error FALS error CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 5 ERR ALM o o Notlit Notlit Not lit o d Notlit Lit o Not lit e Not lit Hd it Not lit Lit The error code is stored in A400 when an error occurs Flags that indicate the type of error are allocated in the Auxiliary Area There are words in the Auxiliary Area that provide specific information on the meaning of error flags and information on the error location and error details Q Not lit X Flashing X Lit m O Error a Error information gere PRPHL Orten code tion in A400 status cations status Q9 Opera Not lit Not lit Not lit tion stops Opera tion stops Q Opera Not lit tion con tinues e Opera Not lit tion con tinues Ox80F 1 A401 15 Memory A403 Opera Error tion Location stops Ox80CA A401 14 Always A404 OxOAOA Ox80E1 A401 11 Always A407 0x4000
144. cribes the types of I O memory areas in a CP1E CPU Unit and the details Section 6 I O Allocation This section describes I O allocation used to exchange data between the CP1E CPU Unit and other units Section 7 PLC Setup This section describes the PLC Setup which are used to perform basic settings for a CP1E CPU Unit Section 8 Overview and Allocation This section lists the built in functions and describes the overall applica of Built in Functions tion flow and the allocation of the functions Section 9 Quick response Inputs This section describes the quick response inputs that can be used to read signals that are shorter than the cycle time Section 10 Interrupts This section describes the interrupts that can be used with CP1E PLCs including input interrupts and scheduled interrupts CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Section Section 11 High speed Counters Section 12 Pulse Outputs Section 13 PWM Outputs Section 14 Serial Communications Section 15 Analog I O Function Section 16 Built in Functions Section 17 Operating the Program ming Device Appendices Contents This section describes the high speed counter inputs high speed counter interrupts and the frequency measurement function This section describes positioning functions such as trapezoidal control jogging and origin searches This section describes the variable duty factor pulse PWM outputs This section describes communications with P
145. ction not included Analog output Analog adjusters 2 adjusters Setting range 0 to 255 Commu B type peripheral USB port Conforming to USB 2 0 B type connector Nea Transmission 5 m max tions distance 1 10 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 Overview and Specifications CPIE NOODG O Item CP1E EDODD O PENADE T Communica Built in RS 232C port No built in RS 232C port Interface Conforms to EIA RS 232C tions Communica Half duplex tions method Synchroniza Start stop tion 1 2 2 4 4 8 9 6 19 2 38 4 57 6 or 115 2 kbps Transmission 15 m max distance e Host Link e 1 N NT Link e No protocol mode Supported protocol Serial PLC Links master slave Modbus RTU Easy Master Serial option port Option Board cannot be mounted 1 port Option Board can be mounted only to N30 40 60 and NA20 CPU Units Mountable e One RS 232C port CP1W CIFO1 Option Boards e One RS 422A 485 port not isolated CJ1W CIF1 1 e One RS 422A 485 port isolated CP1W CIF12 Communica Depends on Option Board tions method Synchroniza Depends on Option Board tion 1 2 2 4 4 8 9 6 19 2 38 4 57 6 or 115 2 kbps Compatible e Host Link protocols e 1 N NT Link e No protocol mode e Serial PLC Links master slave Modbus RTU Easy Master Number of tasks 17 e One cyclic task e One scheduled interrupt task always interrupt task 1 e Six input interrupt tasks interrupt tasks 2 to 7 e Sixteen high speed
146. d Functions 1 The bits that can be used depend on the model of CPU Unit 2 The response time is the delay caused by hardware The delay set in the PLC Setup 0 to 32 ms default 8 ms for a normal input must be added to this value Pulse plus direction input mode Increment mode Up down input mode Differential phase mode N NA type 0 00 0 01 N NA type 0 00 0 01 20 0us min m min NL SN SEE 50 OFF 2 5us min TN Cece occ UN AER 5096 SHUN ndo L MA AER T1 T2 T3 T4 2 5 us min E type 0 00 to 0 07 E type 0 00 to 0 03 N NA type 0 02 to 0 07 N NA type 0 02 0 03 200us min amp 100us min ON OFF pu Pr 1 T1 T2 T3 T4 50 us min Output Specifications for Relay Outputs CP1E OO00DR O M Co O 3 5 o 5 O ep Oo D Oo O S O 5 D Item Specification Maximum switching capacity 2 A 250 VAC cosd 1 2 A 24 VDC 4 A common Minimum switching capacity 10 mA 5 VDC Service life of Electrical Resistive 200 000 operations 24 VDC relay load Inductive 70 000 operations 250 VAC cos 0 4 load 20 000 000 operations ON response time 15 ms max OFF response time 15 ms max Circuit configuration Internal circuits COM 250 VAC 2A 24 VDC 2A max CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s M
147. dware User s Manual W479 A 1 Appendices A 1 Dimensions A 1 1 CPU Units CPU Units with 10 I O Points CP1E E10DD D Unit mm 110 100 90 CPU Units with 14 or 20 I O Points CP1E L114DL1 LT L120DLT E 1 Unit mm CPU Units with 30 I O Points CP1E LJ30DL L CPU Units with Built in Analog and 20 I O Points CP1E NA20DLI L Unit mm A 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices l CPU Units with 40 I O Points CP1E LJ40DL L Unit mm 150 110 1009 uu O i CPU Units with 60 I O Points CP1E N60DL L Unit mm CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 3 SHUM Ndd L L V Km SUOISUdUIG Y Appendices A 1 2 Option Boards CP1W CIFO1 RS 232C Option Board s ND 16 5 19 7 _ gt Unit mm 0 15 CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board Unit mm Unit mm U A To ice m Ex KZ 2 7 727 303 36 4 28 2 HEN 7 A o oO zd E n eX A MI OD k o u eJ A 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices A 1 3 Expansion I O Units i CP1W 8ED Expansion I O Unit with 8 Input Points Unit mm e0 oo lcu 00 01 02 03 eee 08 09 10 11 Unit mm 90 1000 2 SUOIS
148. dware User s Manual W479 8 45 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Example 2 Temperature 100 12 C x100 10012 Temperature Data FFD8E4 hexadecimal for 10012 Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags Bits 15 14 13 12 11t008 071004 03t000 l l Data 0 0 F gt jo F F D Lo Flags Temperature Leftmost cata Rightmost 3 Digits and Flags 12 111008 071004 031000 E 8 8 E4 Ld Normal Flags Temperature Ri data ightmost Example 3 Temperature 200 12 F x100 20012 Temperature Data FFB1D4 hexadecimal for 20012 Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags 111008 071004 031000 Data 011 0 0 F F 4 F F B Lo Flags Temperature data es o ww Data 1 1 0 0 1 D p Flags Ul acc Rightmost 8 46 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Example 4 Temperature Open circuit F Temperature Data 7FFFFF Leftmost 3 Digits and Flags 7 Lo Flags Temperature data Bits 15 14 13 12 111008 071004 03 to 00 F F E F F F Lo m Flags Temperature data Rightmost EN Additional Information e Leftmost digits are stored in the lower memory addresses Treat the data in the lower memory address as the leftmost digits when programming e Be sure that the data is read at least once every 125 ms to allow for the CPU Unit s cycle time and communications time Correct data may not be obtai
149. e D TI e Wiring e Wire the Units so that they can be easily replaced e Make sure that the I O indicators are not covered by the wiring e Do not place the I O wiring in the same conduits or ducts as high voltage or power lines Inductive noise can cause errors or damage e Tighten the terminal screws to the torque of 0 5 N m CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 17 5 Installation and Wiring i Example of Input Device Connections Use the following information for reference when selecting or connecting input devices e DC Input Units Connectable DC Input Devices for DC Output Models Contact outputs Two wire DC outputs a a a a a a eee eee eR ee eH eH Ke He KK o CP1E Lg _ O COM Sensor power supply a eee Current regulator a ee ee Se ea usr l id i il mn mmr Sensor power supply The circuit below should NOT be used for I O devices having a voltage output 5 18 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring i Precautions When Connecting a Two wire DC Sensor When using a two wire sensor with a 24 VDC input device check that the following conditions have been met Failure to meet these conditions may result in operating errors 1 Relation between voltage when the PLC is ON and the sensor residual voltage VouxVoc VR 2 Relation between current when the PLC is ON and sensor control output load cur rent lour min xlouxlour max
150. e OFF Disconnects terminating resis tance 2 4 wire setting OFF 2 wire Set both pins to ON 4 wire Set both pins to OFF OFF Transmission mode setting ON Constant transmission Set both pins to OFF OFF Transmission performed when CS signal in RS 232C interface is at high level Set pin 5 to OFF and pin 6 to ON Transmission performed when CS signal in RS 232C interface is at low level Set pin 5 to ON and pin 6 to OFF o1 A O When connecting to a CP series CPU Unit turn OFF pin 5 and turn ON pin 6 A 40 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices Application Example CP1E N NA type CPU Unit RS 232C RS422A Conversion Unit Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C f Option Board NT AL001 Remote device sae f fa rn pn on 3 RD 6 5V 7 DR 8 ER 9 SG See note 1I1 Note The following cables can be used for this connection It is recommended that one of these cables be used to connect the RS 232C port on the Option Board to the NT ALOO1 RS 232C RS 422 Conversion Unit Length Model numbers 70cm XW2Z 070T 1 2m XW2Z 200T 1 e Wiring for the Recommended Cables XW2Z 070T 1 or XW2Z 200T 1 Wiring with XW2Z LILIOT 1 10 conductors SYSMAC PLC NT ALO001 end inside NT ALOO1 Arrows indicate ar ts a signal directions RD 3 Signal Pin Shield Note The hood FG is internally connected to the ground
151. e names of the CPU Unit parts and provides the I O specifications and termi nal arrangements Refer to A 1 Dimensions for the dimensions A 2 Wiring Diagrams for the wiring dia grams 3 1 1 10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units I Part Names and Functions E type CPU Unit CP1E E10DL1 L CP1E E14 20DR A N type CPU Unit CP1E N14 20DL1 L Power supply input terminals Hi 8 Ground terminal Input terminals Input terminal block 2 Input indicators 3Built in RS 232C communications status indicator 4Built in RS 232C port 3 Peripheral USB port Analog adjusters 5Operation indicators Output indicators 2Battery Output terminal cover block Output terminals Number Name Function 1 Input terminal block This is the terminal block for inputs such as the power supply input and 24 VDC inputs 2 Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON 3 Used to connect to a personal computer for programming and monitoring by the CX Programmer for CP1E 4 By turning an analog adjuster it is possible to adjust the value of A642 or A643 within a range of 0 to 255 5 Operation indicators The CPU Unit s operating status can be confirmed with this indicator dl Refer to CPU Unit Status Indicators Page 3 3 6 Loads such as lamps contactors and solenoid valves can be connected 7 Power of 100 to 240 VAC or 24 VDC can be supplied nals Protective
152. e setting is Correct the output signal range set intended wrong ting and restart CP1E CPU unit 2 The Analog I O specifications of Change the output device the output device do not match those of the CP1E CPU Unit e g input signal range input impedance 3 Outputs are inconsistent The output signals are being affected Try changing the shielded cable con by external noise nection e g the grounding at the output device CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 17 e N Oo c G D N Oo Oo ct 3 c 3 m Oo Boyeuy ul yIng z 9 6 Troubleshooting 6 2 4 CX Programmer Connection Use the following procedure if the CX Programmer cannot connect to the PLC i Connecting via the Peripheral USB Port The CX Programmer cannot connect Is the USB cable securely connected Insert the cable all the way in at both the personal computer and at the CPU Unit Can the CX Programmer be connected online Set the CX Programmer network type to USB Can the CX Programmer be connected online Yes Is the CX Programmer network type set to USB Replace the USB cable 6 18 End CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Maintenance and Inspection os This section describes periodic inspections the service life of the Battery and how to replace the Battery 7 1 Periodic Maintenance and Inspection
153. earrangement completed 6 If the temperature data is non negative the binary data in W102 and W101 is converted to BCD and placed in D101 and D100 7 If the temperature data is negative the 2 s complement data in W102 and W101 is converted to binary data representing the absolute value of the temperature input and placed in H1 and HO 8 The binary data in H1 and HO is converted to BCD and placed in D101 and D100 9 1 is written to the bit in D101 indicating negative data REST W0 03 8 48 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Description of Operation CIO 2 Leftmost 3 digits of temperature data CIO 2 Rightmost 3 digits of temperature data 0 11 16 16016 177 5 116 16 16 v 2 Ta w100 0 1165 116 16 5 I I kr I 5 4 4 3 1 o 6 W102 0 0 16 16 W101 116 16 16 16 If the temperature data is IDEE non negative binary data is doc Er KNE GEK GET CES Dru M pac ee ct lf UND S converted to BCD data D101 0 8 10 105 10 D100 10 10 10 10 8 If the temperature data is negative binary data is converted to BCD data E 9 If temperature data is negative 8 is written here 1 0100 1 0000 D103 O71 0 0 D102 od 0 0 w102 w101 o T A sesso Binary 0 ee e I o 3 D D D mr o o D 5 D O c S 2 0 suonduose uonoun4 G p g CP1E
154. ed when target is reached or by range comparison CPU Unit High built in speed functions counters Inputs Input pulse fre The frequency of pulses input by the PRV instruction is measured quency measurement Interrupt inputs Relevant interrupt tasks are executed during the cycle when the CPU Unit built in inputs turn ON or turn OFF Quick response inputs Inputs can be read without being affected by cycle time Use the quick response inputs to read signals shorter than the cycle time Normal I O Cyclic The CPU Units built in I O are cyclically refreshed inputs refres refreshing hing immediate I O refreshing by immediate refreshing instructions refreshing Input response times Input constants can be set for Basic I O Units The response time can be increased to reduce the effects of chattering and noise at input contacts The response time can be decreased to enable detect ing shorter input pulses Pulse out Pulse control A pulse signal is output and positioning or speed control is performed with a puts Mod servo driver that accepts a pulse input els with Continuous mode for speed control or independent mode for position control transistor can be used There are functions for changing to positioning during speed con outputs trol and for changing the target value during positioning only Origin positioning Origin searches and origin returns PWM outputs Models with transis Pulses for which the duty ratio ratio between
155. el number 5 VDC CJ1W CIF11 0 04A NT ALOO1 0 15A Backlight NV3W MG20L 0 2A Green Orange Red Backlight NV3W MR20L 0 2A White Pink Red CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Conversion Adapter Programmable Terminal 24 VDC Auseden Ajddns 12mod 2UJ191X3 pue uoldwinsuoy 1US JN HUN v Z h T N O c x D 2 perm C o 2 o c 3 O O 2 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Part Names and Functions This section describes the part names function specifications and terminal arrange ments of the CP1E CPU Unit and other Units Sel CPUMUNNG PPP 3 2 3 1 1 ETO 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units uero ci m bever RR trist agi n de eie oie are ae 3 2 3 1 2 4 ES30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units llle 3 6 3 1 3 Common VO Specifications 1 lt lt 2c oveer ode sre ddevedeeeadiesetess lt 3 10 3 1 4 Optional Serial Communications Port for N NA type CPU Units 3 16 32 Expansion VO UMIS a52 a met x moe pe niani PEE ENTIS E ERE SEE ERES 3 19 3 2 1 EXPANSION Input UNIT seste 26 0 qb ee a RE e eR EE REDE Ade x S HEC Rar de 3 19 3 2 2 Expansion Output Units s vous ace armi miii komme eed acd ane i inn 3 20 EE GA V O UNIS EEE EEE EEE 3 22 324 WO Specifications s su deor ses redde EEKARLIE ske d 3 24 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 1 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 CPU Units This section describes th
156. emain ON as a result of internal circuit failures which can occur in relays tran sistors and other elements If the I O Hold Bit is turned ON the outputs from the PLC will not be turned OFF and will maintain their previous status when the PLC is switched from RUN or MONITOR mode to PROGRAM mode Make sure that the external loads will not produce dangerous conditions when this occurs When operation stops for a fatal error including those produced with the FALS instruction all out puts from PLC will be turned OFF and only the internal output status in the CPU Unit will be main tained CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Operating Environment Precautions e Perform installation following the instructions in this manual Follow the instructions in this manual to correctly perform installation e Do not operate the control system in the following locations Locations subject to direct sunlight Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in temperature Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals Locations subject to shock or vibration e Take countermeasures in the following locations Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise Locations subject to strong electroma
157. endices provide a list of instructions by Mnemonic and ASCII code table for the CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Manual Structure Page Structure and Icons The following page structure and icons are used in this manual 5 Installation and wiring Level 1 heading Level 2 heading Level 2 heading 5 2 Installation Level 3 heading Gives the current Level 3 heading 5 2 1 Installation Location headings DIN Track Installation Step in a procedure 1 Use a screwdriver to pull down the DIN Track mounting pins from the back of the Units to release D them and mount the Units to the DIN Track a Indicates a step ina x amp 5 procedure 4 Page tab ou a Gives the number V 4 2 Fit the back of the Units onto the DIN Track by catching the top of the Units on the Track and then pressing in at the bottom of the Units as shown below of the section o dx A Q gt m o Q o 9 o Special Information See below Icons are used to indicate precautions and H Precautions for Correct Use Tighten terminal block screws and cable screws to the following torques M4 1 2 N m M3 0 5 N m M anu al name CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 This illustration is provided only as a sample and may not literally appear in this manual Special Information Special information in this manual is class
158. ennens 6 2 Communications error Built in RS 2320 DOFLU notorie ten Rente noeh 6 5 Peripheral USB port coner en bk oceans 6 5 CompoBus S I O Link Unit 2 12 8 50 Bine M Q A 8 Node number Determination and DIP SWITCH S GUL OS meto UNE 8 54 Part names and functions sueeuuuss 8 50 SDGCIICSHOFIS ne 8 52 Lorie Mc T 8 54 A 29 Words allocation PEL DE 8 53 Connecting Dy USB verde cucnextcansnanactenatecantntesentacitedgaecaseccas 4 8 Connecting Expansion I O Units 5 12 PU 6 5 6 11 CPU Unit Common I O specifications 3 10 DIMENSIONS A 2 E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units 3 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Units 3 6 MOI Y ee tere 2 4 Part names and functions eese 3 2 3 6 Terminal arrangements s 3 4 3 8 EAT EE T 2 8 NII emet E A 9 CPU Units Model rnillTiDOTSusuesccucncetenisxsonsegasteparce been pene Prenker ede 2 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Current consumption Analog VO CN Mae Tc 8 22 Analog Input 53 m 8 3 Analog Output Unit rronrrnnnnnnnrrrnrnnrrrvrnnnnnrennnnnnne 8 13 OPU UNII e 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 16 Expansion N O Unit sseeeesseeeeeee es 2
159. er L Xl ee a e Other Word n 1 can be used for either the range code or the analog output set value 1 Connect the Analog I O Unit to the CPU Unit CP1W MAD1 1 CP1E CPU Unit Analog I O Unit aci00 240vlocn zo n z r e Setting the Averaging Function DIP switch pins 1 and 2 are used to set the averaging function When averaging is enabled a moving average of the last eight input values is output as the converted value The averaging function can be set separately for analog inputs O and 1 me ee Averaging Analog input 0 OFF OFF Disabled ON Enabled Analog input 1 OFF OFF Disabled ON Enabled 8 28 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 2 Wire to analog I O devices 1 Wiring internal circuits of the CPU Unit Analog Inputs e Analog Outputs Input 0 Output V INO TN 0 VOUT I INO p 2509 COMO 2 COM E NE Input 1 i V IN1 a sem s O I OUT 5 I IN1 D E aoe COM z AG Analog ground Analog ground 2 Wiring analog output devices to the Analog I O Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable twisted pair cable Analog 15777 ep device with O Unit co voltage e output UNSERES x P fo FG T
160. er of built in I O Current points die Pro a consumption Name and appearance Model number von Number Number ub Outputtype gram bs Total Weight capacity capacity 5 VDC 24 VDC inputs outputs CPU Unit with 20 I O Points CP1E E20DR A 20 12 AC power Relays 2K steps 2K words 0 17A 0 08A 360g max supply 100 to 240 VAC CPU Unit with 30 I O Points CP1E E30DR A 30 18 12 0 17A 10 07A 540g max i Een d N O 9 c c 5 2 a SJ PoN HUN Nd L c c 0 17A 10 09A 650g max Current consumption CPU Unit with 40 I O Points CP1E E40DR A 40 24 16 Note A battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit N type CPU Units Number of built in I O Pouer ro outa Name and appearance Model number ent Number Number specifica Output type gram bapacity Total of of capacity Weight toni 5 VDC 24 VDC inputs outputs CPU Unit with 14 I O Points CP1E N14DR A 14 AC power 8K steps 8K words 0 17A CP1E N14DT A supply ed Sinking tran 0 22A om sistor SrnopppE CP1E N14DT1 A Sourcing 0 22A GN transistor i CP1E N14DR D DC power 0 17A 0 07A 3609 max 0 02A 340g max 0 02A 340g max 0 07A 350g max 0 02A 320g max CP1E N14DT D supply Sinking tran 0 22A aV sistor CP1E N14DT1 D Sourcing 0 22A transistor CPU Unit with 20 I O Points CP1E N20DR A 20 12 AC power 0 18A 5 CP1E N20DT A supp
161. er supply CP1E CP1W CP1W CP1W NV3W O40D0 A DA041 DA041 DA041 MR20L 5V 0 21A 0 08A 0 08A 0 08A 0 65A lt 1 2A 24V 0 09A 0 124A 0 124A 0 124A 0 462A lt 0 7A Power 5 ane A 3 25 W 14 umm W lt 18 5 W consumption 24 msn A 11 088 W Usable capacity 18 5 W Total of usable power consumption 14 388 W 4 162 W 0 iml lt 0 3A of external 4 162 W 24 V 0 173 A power supply iY gt ITI X m D 2 U O D TN CD c D ge lt O D D D Q mE lt 2 D 2 m X D D 2 a o 2 O c mE o o s m X D D 2 e o 2 C 2 mE o D on D O O 2 2 D O mE D Oo CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 15 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 4 2 Current Consumption 2 16 e CPU Units E type CPU Units I O capacity 10 I O points 14 I O points 20 I O points 30 I O points 40 I O points Current consumption Model number N type CPU Units I O capacity 14 I O points 20 I O points 30 I O points 40 I O points 60 I O points 24 VDC 0 04A 0 00A 0 00A 0 04A 0 00A 0 00A 0 07A 0 08A 0 07A 0 09A Current consumption Model number 24 VDC 0 07A 0 02A 0 02A 0 07A 0 02A 0 02A 0 08A 0 02A 0 02A 0 08A 0 02A 0 02A 0 07A 0 02A 0 02A 0 07A 0 02A 0 02A 0 09A 0 02A 0 02A 0 09A 0 02A 0 02A 0 13A 0 02A 0 02A 0 13A 0 02A 0 02A CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 Basic System Configurati
162. ernal supply terminal 00 01 02 04 08 07 00 02 COM Common terminal comfcom com os com o6 com ot os 00 to 07 Output terminal ee Ho VOUTO Analog voltage Output CP1E O40DD A OUTO Analog current Output COMO Common terminal for analog TeIsIeTeTeTeTeTeTe o T poseoseowpon os or Eon os Eon ss or CIO 100 CIO 101 CP1E N60DLI A Q zi O x c c 2 T 7 00 01 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 05 07 00 02 04 0510 feomfeomjeom os Joon os Joon ot os Joon os pom ot os cow oe CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 CP1E NA20DR A o0 or oe o e o fre fon E posposeos os Eos o ve o CIO 100 CIO 190 DC Power Supply CP1E N30DU D SHUN fidO OZYN 10 O9 OV OEN OV OEA Z L NC No connection COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal SIS IM MU VOUTO Analog voltage Output CP1E N40DC D OUTO Analog current Output COMO Common terminal for analog CIO 100 CIO 101 CP1E N60DLI D CIO 100 CIO 101 CIO 102 CP1E NA20DLI D 0 CIO 100 CIO 190 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 9 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 3 Common I O Specifications 3 10 The following table gives the specifications that apply to the built in I O on a CP1E CPU Unit i Specifications Item Specification High speed counter inputs Input type High speed counter inputs interrupt inputs quick Normal inputs or normal inputs r
163. esponse Inputs 6 inputs 4 inputs only for 10 I O points Input pulse width 50 us min Input constants Delays can be set in the PLC Setup 0 to 32 ms default 8 ms Set values 0 1 2 4 8 16 or 32 ms Built in Pulse out Pulse output Pulse output function not included Pulse Direction Mode output puts method and out 1 Hz to 100 kHz 2 counters func Modelswith put frequency tions transistor e Continuous mode for speed control e Independent mode for position control e Relative coordinates 0000 0000 to 7FFF FFFF hex 0 to 2147483647 e Absolute coordinates 8000 0000 to 7FFF FFFF hex 2147483647 to 2147483647 Trapezoidal acceleration and deceleration Cannot perform S curve acceleration and deceleration Number of out put pulses outputs only Acceleration deceleration curves Changing SVs during instruc tion execution Origin searches Only target position can be changed Included PWM out Frequency PWM output function not included 2 0 to 6 553 5 Hz in increments of 0 1 Hz with 1 puts output or 2 Hz to 32 000 Hz in increments of 1 Hz Models with 1 output with transis Duty factor 0 0 to 100 0 in increments of 0 1 i pue Accuracy 1 0 at 2 Hz to 10 000 Hz and only 5 0 at 10 000 Hz to 32 000 kHz Continuous Mode Built in analog Setting range 0 to 6 000 2 channels only for NA type Setting range 0 to 6 000 1 channel only for NA type Analog input Analog fun
164. esponse inputs or normal inputs CIO 0 08 to CIO 0 11 Input bits CIO 0 00 to CIO 0 01 CIO 0 02 to CIO 0 0771 CIO 1 00 to CIO 1 11 and CIO 2 00 to CIO 2 11 1 Input voltage 24 VDC 10 15 Applicable 2 wire and 3 wire sensors sensors Input 3 3 kO 3 3 kO 4 8 KQ impedance Input current 7 5 mA typical 7 5 mA typical 5 mA typical ON voltage 3 mA min at 17 0 VDC min 3 mA min at 17 0 VDC min 3 mA min at 14 4 min current OFF voltage 1 mA max at 5 0 VDC max 1 mA max at 5 0 VDC max 1 mA max at 5 0 VDC max current ON response E type CPU Unit 50 us min 50 us max 1 ms max time N NA type CPU Unit 2 5 us min OFF response E type CPU Unit 50 us min 50 us max 1 ms max time N NA type CPU Unit 2 5 us min Circuit E type CPU Unit N NA type CPU Unit configuration Inputs CIO 0 00 to CIO 0 07 Inputs CIO 0 00 CIO 0 01 1000pF I 1000pF r AN gi Internal 1 In 3 30 sl I oe Internal 5 L circuits T l si I LN circuits IN ar Input indicator 4 Input indicator j Inputs CIO 0 08 to CIO 0 11 and CIO 1 00 to CIO 1 11 Inputs CIO 0 02 to CIO 0 07 AN i Input bes i E I 1000pF Internal iu 3 3kQ a IDE Internal circuits T n do di fatt circuits Inputs ClO 0 08 to CIO 0 11 ClO 1 00 to CIO 1 11 and CIO 2 00 to CIO 2 11 um Input indicator cI l PE E l 4 8kQ g Internal LO N circuits CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names an
165. f an indirect specification causes the address to exceed the area of the start address the system will access data in other area and unexpected operation may occur CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Set the temperature range according to the type of temperature sensor con nected to the Unit Temperature data will not be converted correctly if the temperature range does not match the sensor Do not set the temperature range to any values other than those for which tem perature ranges are given in the following table An incorrect setting may cause operating errors CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 19 Precautions for Safe Use 20 Observe the following precautions when using a CP series PLC e Power Supply e Always use the power supply voltages specified in the users manuals An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning e Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and fre quency is supplied Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable An incor rect power supply may result in malfunction Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power supply Incorrect wiring may result in burning e Always turn OFF the power supply to the PLC before attempting any of the following Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric shock e Mounting or dismounting Expansion Un
166. for initialization 1 Clearing All Areas to All Zeros Select the Clear Held Memory HR DM CNT to Zero Check Box in the Startup Data Read Area in the PLC Setup 2 Clearing Specific Areas to All Zeros or Initializing to Specific Values Make the settings from a ladder program If the data is not initialized the unit or device may operate unexpectedly because of unstable data Execute online edit only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by extending the cycle time Otherwise the input signals may not be readable Tighten the screws on the terminal block of the AC power supply section to the torque specified in the user s manual The loose screws may result in burning or malfunction Do not touch the power supply section when power is being supplied or imme diately after the power supply is turned OFF The power supply section and I O terminal blocks will be hot and you may be burned CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 17 18 Pay careful attention to the polarities when wiring the DC power supply A wrong connection may cause malfunction of the system When connecting the PLC to a computer or other peripheral device either ground the 0 V side of the external power supply or do not ground the external power supply at all Otherwise the external power supply may be shorted depending on the connection methods of the peripheral device DO NOT ground the 24 V side of the external
167. for the Supply power indicators are not lit input 2 Supply voltage is low Adjust supply voltage to within rated range 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 2 Not all inputs turn ON Input circuit is faulty There is a short at Replace Unit even though the indicator the load or something else that caused an is lit overcurrent to flow 4 Specific input bit does not Replace input devices Adjust input device 6 Input bit number is used for output Correct the ladder program instruction 5 Specific input bit does not 1 Input circuit is faulty Replace Unit turn OFF 2 Input bit number is used for output Correct the ladder program instruction 6 Input irregularly turns 1 External input voltage is low or unsta Adjust external input voltage to ON OFF ble within rated range 2 Malfunction due to noise Take protective measures against noise such as e Install surge suppressor e Install insulation transformer e Install shielded cables between the Input Unit and the loads 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 7 Error occurs in units of 8 1 Common terminal screws are loose Tighten screws points or 16 points i e 2 Faulty data bus Replace Unit for the same common 3 Faulty CPU Replace CPU Unit 8 Input indicator is not lit in Faulty indicator or indicator circuit Replace Unit normal operation CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 15 e
168. g resistance selection 2 wire or 4 wire selection 2 wire or 4 wire selection RS control enabled RS control selection for RD 2 OFF RS control disabled Data always received RS control enabled RS control selection for SD 3 OFF RS control disabled Data always sent Set both pins 2 and 3 to either ON 2 wire or OFF 4 wire To disable the echo back function set pin 5 to ON RS control enabled When connecting to a device on the N side in a 1 N connection with the 4 wire method set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled Also when connecting by the 2 wire method set pin 6 to ON RS control enabled CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 Expansion I O Units This section describes the names of the Expansion I O Unit parts and provides the input specifications and terminal arrangement Refer to A 1 Dimensions for the dimensions A 2 Wiring Diagrams for the wiring diagrams 3 2 1 Expansion Input Unit i Part Names and Functions 8 point Input Units CP1W 8ED G Input terminals 2 Expansion I O connecting cable e e CH 00 01 02 03 3 Input indicators e e 08 09 10 11 4 Expansion connector 3 Input indicators Input terminals Input terminals Used to connect input devices Expansion I O connecting This is a connection cable to connect the adjacent CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit For extended connections or vertical arrange men
169. ge is 0 to 21 mA 8000 Conversion Data Hexadecimal Decimal 1770 189C 6000 6300 0 mA 7FFF 4 to 20 mA The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 4 to 20 mA The entire output range is 3 2 to 20 8 mA 1770 189C 7EEE Conversion Data 8000 300 0 mA 6000 6300 Hexadecimal Decimal Other Functions Averaging Function for Analog Inputs The averaging function can be enabled for inputs using the DIP switch The averaging function out puts the average a moving average of the last eight input values as the converted value Use this function to smooth inputs that vary at a short interval Open circuit Detection Function for Analog Inputs The open circuit detection function is activated when the input range is set to 1 to 5 V and the volt age drops below O 8 V or when the input range is set to 4 to 20 mA and the current drops below 3 2 mA When the open circuit detection function is activated the converted data will be set to 8 000 The time for enabling or clearing the open circuit detection function is the same as the time for con verting the data If the input returns to the convertible range the open circuit detection is cleared automatically and the output returns to the normal range CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 3 4 Flow of Operation 7 e Connect the Analog I O Unit
170. gnetic fields Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity e Locations close to power supplies CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 23 Regulations and Standards Conformance to EC Directives i Applicable Directives e EMC Directives e Low Voltage Directive Concepts e EMC Directives OMRON devices are electrical components that are designed to be built into equipment and manu facturing systems OMRON devices that comply with EMC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives will vary depend ing on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards The applicable EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standard is EN61131 2 Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 000 VAC and 75 to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards for the PLC EN 61131 2 Conformance to EC Directives The CP1E PLCs comply with EC Directives To ensure that the machine or device in which the CP1E PL
171. gt 20 mA 20 8 mA 8 24 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Analog Output Signal Ranges 10 to 10 V The hexadecimal values F448 to OBB8 3000 to 3000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 10 to 10 V The entire output range is 11 to 11V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value F31C F448 8000 3300 3000 0000 0 Conversion Data OBB8 OGE4 7FFF Hexadecimal Decimal 3000 3300 l 0 to 10 V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 0 to 10 V The entire output range is 0 5 to 10 5 V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value FED4 Conversion Data 7FFF Hexadecimal Decimal OV 1770 189C 6000 6300 0 5 V 1to5V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 1 to 5 V The entire output range is O 8 to 5 2 V Conversion Data FED4 V 1770 189C 7FFF i 300 6000 6300 Hexadecimal Decimal CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 25 ri do gt 5 Oo amp O c D suoHeoyioeds e e 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 26 0 to 20 mA The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 0 to 20 mA The entire output ran
172. he output signal will be fixed at either the lower limit or upper limit CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 13 qo N gt 5 a Oo amp O c e c Lad c 3 2 D suoneouioeds e z 9 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 10 to 10 V The hexadecimal values F448 to 0BB8 3000 to 3000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 10 to 10 V The entire output range is 11 to 11 V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value F31C F448 Data Hexadecimal Decimal OBB8 OCE4 3000 3300 0to 10 V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 0 to 10 V The entire output range is 0 5 to 10 5 V Specify the DA conversion data as the two s complement if it is a negative value FED4 300 0000 0 Conversion Data Hexadecimal Decimal 1770 189C id 6000 6300 0 5V 1to5V The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog voltage range of 1 to 5 V The entire output range is O 8 to 5 2 V Conversion Data 1770 189C 7FFF Hexadecimal 8000 FED4 OV 300 6000 6300 Decimal CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 0 to 20 mA 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units The hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6000 correspond to an analog current range of 0 to 20 mA The entire output range is 0 to 21 mA 0000 0
173. he power supply is turned ON Before replacing the battery supply power to the CPU Unit for at least 30 minutes and then com plete battery replacement within 5 minutes Memory data may be corrupted if this precaution is not observed e The equipment may operate unexpectedly if inappropriate parameters are set Even if the appro priate parameters are set confirm that equipment will not be adversely affected before transfer ring the parameters to the CPU Unit After replacing the CPU Unit make sure that the required data for the DM Area Holding Area and other memory areas has been transferred to the new CPU Unit before restarting operation e Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Any attempt to do so may result in mal function fire or electric shock Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting any of the following Not doing so may result in an unexpected operation e Changing the operating mode of the PLC including the setting of the startup operating mode e Force setting force resetting any bit in memory e Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory e When replacing parts be sure to confirm that the rating of a new part is correct Not doing so may result in malfunction or burning CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 21 22 Do not touch the Expansion I O Unit Connecting Cable while the power is being supplied in order to prevent malfunction
174. hese 1 500 words can be written to the built in Of these 7 000 words can be written to the built in EEPROM EEPROM Mounting Expan Not possible 3 Units maximum Not possible 3 Units maximum sion I O Units and Expansion Units Model with transis Available CPU Unit with 10 I O points only Available tor outputs Pulse outputs Not supported Supported Model with transistor outputs only Built in serial com Not provided RS 232C port provided munications port Built in Analog Not available Not available Available Option Board Not supported Not supported Supported for one port Connection port USB port USB port for Programming Device Clock Not provided Provided Using a Battery Can be used sold separately Backup time of 50 hours at 25 C 40 hours at 25 C built in capacitor Battery free opera Always battery free operation Battery free operation if no battery is attached tion Only data in the built in EEPROM will be retained Only data in the built in EEPROM will be retained if power is interrupted for longer than 50 hours if power is interrupted for longer than 40 hours 1 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 Overview and Specifications Precautions for Correct Use For CP1E CPU Units the following I O memory area will be unstable after a power interruption e DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM function e Holding Area H e Counter Present Val
175. icity from your body before starting the procedure After replacing the Battery connect a Programming Device and clear the Battery error 1 Turn OFF the power supply to the N NA type CPU Unit If the CPU Unit has not been ON turn it ON for at least 30 minutes and then turn it OFF EN Additional Information There is a capacitor inside the N NA type CPU Unit that backs up memory when the Battery is removed If power is not turned ON for at least 30 minutes before replacing the Battery the capacitor will not be fully charged and memory may be unstable before the new Battery is inserted 2 Open the compartment on the CPU Unit and carefully draw out the Battery Remove the Battery connector Connect the new Battery place it into the compartment and close the cover SHUN ndo edAr vN N U Ajeyeg eui buroeday Z Z 7 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 7 7 Maintenance and Inspection Precautions for Safe Use e You must complete this procedure within 5 minutes after turning OFF the power to the CPU Unit to ensure memory backup If the Battery is removed for more than 5 minutes data retained by the I O memory excluding the DM Area words saved to the backup memory may be unstable Never short circuit the Battery terminals never charge the Battery never disassemble the Bat tery and never heat or incinerate the Battery Doing any of these may cause the Battery to leak heat burn or rupture resulting in injury fire a
176. ified as follows Precautions for Safe Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure using the product safely Jj Precautions for Correct Use Precautions on what to do and what not to do to ensure proper operation and performance E Additional Information Additional information to increase understanding or make operation easier CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Terminology and Notation Term Description E type CPU Unit A basic model of CPU Unit that support basic control applications using instructions Such as basic movement arithmetic and comparison instructions Basic models of CPU Units are called E type CPU Units in this manual N type CPU Unit An application model of CPU Unit that supports connections to Programmable Terminals inverters and servo drives Application models of CPU Units are called N type CPU Units in this manual NA Type CPU Unit An application model of CPU Unit that supports built in analog and connections to Pro grammable Terminals inverters and servo drives Application models of CPU Units with built in analog are called NA type CPU Units in this manual CX Programmer A programming device that applies for programming and debugging PLCs The CX Programmer includes the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer CX One Lite the CX Programmer CX One and the CX Programmer for CP1E This manual describes the unique applications and functions of the Micro PLC Editi
177. ill be generated e f that voltage is generated while the setting is for 1 to 5 V open circuit detection may not be pos sible e f a disconnection occurs at point C in the diagram the negative side will be used for both devices and open circuit detection will not be possible This problem will not occur for current inputs even if the same power supply is used CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Create the ladder program 1 Allocating I O Words Four input words and two output words are allocated from the next words following the last I O words allocated to the CPU Unit or an existing Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Words m 1 to m 4 Analog Input Unit Words n 1 n 2 2 Writing Set Data Write the settings for input use averaging use and range codes for words n 1 and n 2 When the set data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog Input Unit the A D con version will be started 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 n 1 FICO ee LLLI Set to 1 yer input 2 ange input 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 n 2 ISISISISISISIST TT Set to 1 eee input 4 rer input 3 e Set Data Oo L k d 5 m Oo Q 5 o e mr c 5 0 10to 10 V 0 to 10 V 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 0 to 5 V or 0 to 20 mA Analog input signal range uoneJedo JO MO 4 t L 8 e The Analog Input Unit will not start converting analog I O values until the range code h
178. imiting resistor 5 Installation and Wiring Required element The capacitance of the capacitor must be 1 to 0 5 uF per contact current of 1 A and resistance of the resistor must be 0 5 to 1 O per contact voltage of 1 V These values however vary with the load and the characteristics of the relay Decide these values from experiments and take into consideration that the Capacitance suppresses spark discharge when the contacts are separated and the resistance limits the current that flows into the load when the circuit is closed again The dielectric strength of the capacitor must be 200 to 300 V If the circuit is an AC circuit use a capacitor with no polarity The reversed dielectric strength value of the diode must be at least 10 times as large as the circuit voltage value The for ward current of the diode must be the same as or larger than the load current The reversed dielectric strength value of the diode may be two to three times larger than the supply voltage if the surge pro tector is applied to electronic circuits with low circuit voltages the rated value through an incandescent lamp CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 23 7 e 5 SpOUJSe uononpeg esioN 1ndino Aejey G E G 5 Installation and Wiring e Conditions for Meeting EMC Directives when Using CP series Relay Expansion I O Units EN61131 2 immunity testing conditions when using the CP1W 40EDR CP1W 32ER or CP
179. inal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram e All Models CIO m CIO m A 22 Output Wiring Diagram e Relay Outputs CP1W 20EDR1 oo or Poe oe os or oufcv cou o on o e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 20EDT oe on oe oe os or eene v Tem CIO n CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 20EDT1 fe To oe oT or eene ou CIO n I 40 point I O Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e All Models e Relay Outputs CIO m CIO m 1 CP1W 40EDR CIO n CIO n 1 CN Nc 00 or ee os os or oo ve os os or Inc Eououpou os Fou os fon o1 2s Fou oe gt NO CIO m CIO m1 CIO n CIO n 1 e Transistor Outputs Sinking e CP1W 40EDT S ClOn CIO n 1 E 3 o CIO n 1 d D ho IT 5 Q CIO n CIO n 1 D e Transistor Outputs Sourcing zi CP1W 40EDT 1 clon CIO n 1 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 23 Appendices A 2 3 Expansion Units i CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit Terminal Block is not removable e Input Terminal Arrangement Jon IN3 Bc GIG IG AO Be Wiring Diagrams V IN1 Voltage input 1 IN1 Current input 1 COM1 Input common 1 VIN2 Voltage input 2 IN2 Current input 2 COM2 Input common 2 VING Voltage input 3 IN3 Current input 3 COM3 Input common 3
180. ine in the diagram If that occurs a voltage of approximately 1 3 to 1 2 of the output voltage of the other connected device will be generated e f that voltage is generated while the setting is for 1 to 5 V open circuit detection may not be possible e f a disconnection occurs at point C in the diagram the negative side will be used for both devices and open circuit detection will not be possible This problem will not occur for current inputs even if the same power supply is used 8 30 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units EN Additional Information When external power is supplied when setting the range code or when there is a power inter ruption a pulse form analog output may be generated If this causes problems with operation take countermeasures such as those suggested below 1 Countermeasure 1 e Turn ON the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit first confirm correct operation and then turn ON the power supply for the load e Turn OFF the power supply for the load before turning OFF the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit 2 Countermeasure 2 e Control the machine not only by analog output but also by other signals additional start stop control signal for machine 3 Create the ladder program 1 Allocating I O Words Two input words and one output word are allocated to the Analog I O Unit starting from the next word following the last allocated word
181. ing Safety and Noise Controls I O Signal Wiring Whenever possible place I O signal lines and power lines in separate ducts or conduits both inside and outside of the control panel l O cables 2 Power lines E OO Floor ducts Conduit Suspended ducts When wiring in the same duct use shielded cables and connect the shields to the GR terminal to reduce noise rh e 5 Inductive Loads When an inductive load is connected to an I O Unit connect a surge protector or diode in parallel with the load as shown below Diode DC input Relay output COM Surge protector S OJJUOD 9SION pue Ayayes BuulM vr S Relay output Transistor output Diode Precautions for Correct Use Use surge protectors and diodes with the following specifications pt mm i a Surge protector H W Resistance 7500 Capacitor 0 47uF Voltage 200V Diode gt Breakdown voltage 3 times load voltage Mean rectification current 1A CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 21 5 Installation and Wiring I Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring Take the following points into account when externally wiring I O power supply and power lines e When multi conductor signal cable is being used do not combine I O wires and other control wires in the same cable e f wiring racks are parallel allow at least 300 mm between them Low current PLC I O wiring 300 mm min PLC po
182. ins words that provide detailed information on current errors Error information is provided for various types of error Error code The Auxiliary Area contain a word that provides a code that describes the error that has occurred The error code is stored in A400 for all errors If two or more errors occur at the same time the highest most serious error code will be stored in A400 6 1 4 Reading Error Log Information If the error status could not be checked when the error occurred it can be checked by reading error log data The following information is stored in the error log e Error code This is the same error code as is stored in word A400 e Error contents e Time of occurrence CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 3 o L zi Oo c a 0 gt O Oo et 5 O U c c 3 m Oo 0 snjeIS pejejeq Buoy 1 9 6 Troubleshooting Error Log Information A maximum of 20 error records will be stored in the error log If more than 20 errors occur the oldest error record in A100 to A104 will be deleted and the 19 records stored in A105 to A199 will be shifted by one with the newest record being stored in A195 to A199 Error code Order of occurrence 4102 1 A100 A101 A102 00F7 2 2105 A104 A105 A106 A107 A108 A109 0 d Error Log Area Error code Error contents Minutes seconds Day hour s of occurrence Year month Error code Error contents Minutes
183. int 6 ms total for 2 analog inputs and 1 analog output Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog I O terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 15 3 Part Names and Functions 3 1 4 Optional Serial Communications Port for N NA type CPU Units The Serial Communication Port can be used for a CP1E N NA type CPU Unit eomon SYSMAG CP1E BATTERY IT CP1E N30 40 60 F or NA20 CPU Unit mg J LoiLoel os 04 se ooToi iTos o4T sl com com com com i E o 0 DA HH E pum il D EF RET Built in RS 232C port CP1W CIFO1 CP1W CIF11 12 RS 232C Option RS 422A 485 Option Board Board Optional Serial Communication Board Maximum Model numbers transmission Connection method distance CP1W CIFO1 One RS 232C port Connector D sub 9 pin female CP1W CIF11 One RS 422A 485 port not isolated Terminal block using ferrules CP1W CIF12 One RS 422A 485 port isolated Terminal block using ferrules e How to mount an Option Board When mounting an Option Board first remove the slot cover Grasp both of the cover s up down lock levers at the same time to unlock the cover and then pull the cover out Then to mount the Option Board check the alignment and firmly press it in until it snaps into place Prec
184. ions power supply relay terminals BDL BD H Connect the CompoBus S Communications Cable A 2 4 Serial Communications Wiring Examples for PTs Using NT Link Connecting a PT and a PLC 1 1 with RS 232C Ports e Communications Mode 1 N NT Link N 1 only e OMRON Cables with Connectors XW2Z 200T 2 m XW2Z 500T 5 m CP1E N NA type CPU Unit PT sweibeig bull Z Y D sub 9 pin connector male D sub 9 pin connector male amp Connecting a PT and a PLC with 1 N NT Link and RS 422A 485 Ports Using 4 wire RS 422A Communications e Communications mode 1 N NT Link N 1 only NS series PT P n D CoD D i O O 3 3 C 2 O 5 7 CP1E N NA type CPU Unit 000000 000000 o RS 422A Conversion Unit NS ALOO2 RS 422A 485 Option Board CP1W CIF 11 12 TNNT Link CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 29 Appendices e Wiring Example NS series PT DIP switch for operation settings NS AL002 DIP switch settings SW1_ Terminating resistance ON OFF I SW1_IRS CS control or always ON LSW2L 2 4 wire selection J SW2 12 4 wire selection 5 SW3 1 _____2 4 wire selection 1 SW3 12 4 wire selection _______ LSWA sll Notused 4 ON terminating resistance SW4 Terminating resistance ON OFF SW5 RD control SM No protocol Communications Connecting RS 232C Por
185. is m and the last output word is n Le o e e e e e M KH EE EE EE P o EE 1 Connect the Analog Input Unit to the CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W AD041 Analog Input Unit ac100 240vlocn Li L N com 01 03 os 07 og 11 ot 03 os 07 o9 11 A 00 02 04 06 08 10 0 og 04 06 08 10 pR EXP PERIPHERAL m RUN n IRR ALM Ga 000000 000000 CP1W AD041 Fa 000000 000000 T 000000 000000 CH EXP 0 1 2 0 04 06 oj o1j 0 oa 06 La ini vmn coma Ns T Viva COMA AG COI COM COM COM 05 0 com 02 C os 07 Dogav wn o OUTPUT q D o i g S there is no open circuit e Writing Set Data and Reading A D Conversion Values Analog output devices Temperature sensor Pressure sensor Speed sensor Flow sensor Voltage current meter Other devices CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 2 Wire to analog output devices 1 Wiring internal circuits of the CPU Unit ee VIN1 IN1 CoM1 i 250 Q Analog input 1 to to v IN4 sea me A IN4 COM4 N 5 O O Tv c Y D T c Analog input 4 Analog ground 2 Wiring analog output devices to the Analog Input Unit 2 core shielded 2 core shielded twisted pair cable V D Li Analog rt rt Anal
186. its Terminal Block is not removable E Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram a Inputs not provided e Relay Outputs 5 CP1W 8ER 3 o Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block gt CIO n N m x D 2 o o 2 O 24V DC c Jo gt Zi CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 17 Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 8ET Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 8ET1 Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n i 16 point Output Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided e Relay Outputs CP1W 16ER Unit Upper Terminal Block aloe ne Joofsofoo os oo pe bo epo To oe oo Ts er A 18 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Unit Lower Terminal Block e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 16ET Unit Upper Terminal Block be esee T Fed oo Pee Ts Te Ts Te or CIO n 1 sweibeig Bulli Z Y e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 16ET1 Unit Upper Terminal Block e feen fou feen T Ten loos E TRO E n2 N m X D D 2 v O 3 O C m o CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 19 Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Inputs not pro
187. its so the user does not have to do anything Refer to Section 6 I O Allocation in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 5 Software Setup Make the PLC software settings With a CP1E CPU Unit all you have to do is set the PLC Setup When using an E type CPU Unit or when using an N NA type CPU Unit without a Battery be sure to consider selecting the Clear retained memory area HR DM CNT Check Box in the Startup Data Read Area in the PLC Settings Refer to 3 2 4 Initializing I O Memory at Startup and Section 7 PLC Setup in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 6 Writing the Programs Write the programs using the CX Programmer Refer to Section 4 Programming Concepts in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 7 Checking Operation Check the I O wiring and the Auxiliary Area settings and perform trial operation The CX Programmer can be used for monitoring and debugging Refer to Section 8 Overview and Allocation of Built in Functions in the CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 8 Basic Program Operation Set the operating mode to RUN mode to start operation 1 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 Overview and Specifications 1 3 Specifications 1 3 1 General Specifications The following table lists the general specifications of CP1E CPU Units Item AC power supply DC power supply Model CP1E O0O00DO A cP1E 0000D0 D Enclos
188. its or Expansion I O Units e Mounting or dismounting Option Boards e Setting rotary switches e Connecting cables or wiring the system e Connecting or disconnecting the connectors e Installation Before touching a Unit be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static build up Not doing so may result in malfunction or damage Be sure that the terminal blocks connectors Option Boards and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfunction e Wiring Wire correctly according to specified procedures in this manual Always use the following size wire when connecting I O terminals AWG22 to AWG18 0 32 to 0 82 mm Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short circuiting in external wiring Insufficient safety measures against short circuiting may result in burning Always connect to a ground of 100 Q or less when installing the Units Not connecting to a ground of 100 Q or less may result in electric shock Leave the label attached to the top of the Unit when wiring to prevent the entry of foreign matter Removing the label may result in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction Use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals Connec tion
189. l bus toolbus For communications with programming device CX Programmer cations Serial port N NA type only Host Link SYSWAY communications Host Link commands can be sent from a PT or a computer to read write I O memory and perform other operations for PLC No protocol communications I O instructions for communications ports TXD RXD instructions can be used for data transfer with peripheral devices such as bar code readers NT Link communications I O memory in the PLC can be allocated and directly linked to various PT func tions including status control areas status notification areas touch switches lamps memory tables and other objects Serial PLC Links Up to 10 words of data per Unit can be shared between up to nine CPU Units one polling unit and eight polled units A PT cannot be conneected Modbus RTU Easy Master function Modbus RTU commands are sent by the Modbus RTU Master function Mod bus slaves such as inverters can be easily controlled with serial communica tions Interrupt Scheduled interrupts Tasks can be executed at a specified interval 1 0 ms min Unit 0 1 ms Input interrupts Interrupt tasks are processed when the built in input turns ON or OFF High speed counter interrupts This function counts input pulses with the CPU Unit s built in high speed counter and executes an interrupt task when the count reaches the preset value or falls within a preset range target value or zone comparison
190. laces DIN Track 1CH 1 1 os os oz oe 11 96 08 Tio EXP 1 04 06 M 0T 101 Secure with screws e Surface Installation A CP1E CPU Unit and CP series Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be mounted using M4 screws For restrictions on the number of Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units that can be connected refer to 2 3 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit i DIN Track Installation 1 Use a screwdriver to pull down the DIN Track mounting pins from the back of the Units to release them and mount the Units to the DIN Track DIN Track mounting pins g 4 V Release 2 Fit the back of the Units onto the DIN Track by catching 1 the top of the Units on the Track and then pressing 2 in at the bottom of the Units as shown below DIN Track 5 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring 3 Press in all of the DIN Track mounting pins to securely lock the Units in place DIN Track mounting pins i Mounting Brackets e DIN Track Secure the DIN Track to the control panel using M4 screws at interval of 210 mm or less 6 holes or fewer The tightening torque is 1 2 N m T N o eu A
191. lication DIN Track PFP 50N Track length 50 cm Height 7 3 mm PFP 100N Track length 1 m Height 7 3 mm PFP 100N2 Track length 1 m Height 16 mm End Plate PFP M Stopper to prevent Units from moving on the DIN Track I O Connecting Cable CP1W CN811 Length 800 mm This cable is used if the connecting cable for the Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit is not long enough or for a vertical configu ration Only one I O Connecting Cable can be used in each PLC 2 2 3 Unit Versions of CPU Units Unit Versions A unit version has been introduced to manage CPU Units in the CP Series according to differences in functionality accompanying Unit upgrades e Notation of Unit Versions on Products The unit version is given to the right of the lot number on the nameplate of the products for which unit versions are being managed as shown below CP1E CPU Unit Product nameplate e omROn CP1E N40DR A gt res CPU UNIT NES 1 IN 1o SSS z TSS 1005240 och TA BATTERY DN COM ie e JONI o i 03 l9 DUI 96 081113 L 03 T Sluis 06 o8 10 PERIPHERAL Jl por EX g eeu P ooo m 9 oooog 9 9oo sed 990000 729000 a Qo e Lot No 28705 0000 EE To 3 i EIT IT 2 COM Com T com oS 92 com oe Y 0 Zorporation MADE Lo
192. ll Models e Relay Outputs AC Power Supply CP1E E20DR A CP1E E20DR A CP1E N20DR L CP1E N20DLILI A dote DC Power Supply CP1E N20DLILI D Te Te Te Te Te Tor conson ne Eos ve os o CIO 0 CIO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sinking DC Power Supply CP1 E N20DT U j COM CIO 100 N20DLILI D CIO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N20DT1 0 ClO 100 sweibeig BuulA Z Y Te Te Te Te To or Eon ne on we Fon gt CIO 100 T in O U c 3 a CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 11 Appendices CPU Units with 30 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram e All Models AC Power Supply CP1E ESODR A CP1E NS3ODLILI A DC Power Supply CP1E NS3ODLILI D DC Power Supply EE N30DO00 D CIO 0 CIO 1 A 12 Output Wiring Diagram e Relay Outputs CP1E O030DR O CIO 100 CIO 101 GEGEN DC Power Suppl ov 100 Go10 101 NC COM N30DR D e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E N30DT O CIO 100 a 101 CIO 100 CIO 101 DC Power Suppl ow sm NC COM N30DT D e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N30DT1 O CIO 100 ae 101 DC Power Supply CIO 100 CIO 101 os CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices I CPU Units with 40 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e All Models e Relay Outputs AC Power Supply CP1E LJ40DR O CIO 100 CIO 101 CP1E E40
193. llow CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 5 4 Programming Device i Instructions Can Be Copied with Automatic Address Incrementing Automatic Address Incrementing A copied group of ladder instructions can be pasted with a specified address offset e g 16 bits Q 100 00 O MOV 021 D100 D200 Move Source word Instructions can be reused with automatic address incrementing Bit address Word address m e g 10 Destination Move Source word Destination Automatic Generation of Symbol Names and I O Comments If there is a symbol name or I O comment when instructions are copied new symbols and I O com ments will also be automatically generated Buttoni LAMP Blue C Example l Example Sensor 02 was automatically LAMP_Blue_1 was automatically generated from symbol name Sensor01 generated from symbol name LAMP_Blue M Example ALARM_1 was automatically generated from symbol name ALARM Automatic address incrementing Fag nn na n eg Be ap Sng na a OT 4 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device 4 1 5 Installing the Software This section provides a simple description of how to install the CX Programmer on the hard disk of a computer EJ Preparing for Installation Check the following items before beginning with the installation Available Hard Disk Space The CX Programmer can be installed on the hard disk only At
194. ly 100 sinking tran 0 23A to 240 VAC iore EE CP1E N20DT1 Sourcing 0 23A al A transistors Fm CP1E N20DR 0 18A TF ELG D 0 02A 320g max 0 08A 370g max 0 02A 340g max 0 02A 340g max 0 08A 360g max 0 02A 330g max CP1E N20DT D Sinking tran 0 23A sistors CP1E N20DT1 D Sourcing 0 23A transistors 0 02A 330g max CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 5 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices Number of built in I O points Power PI Name and appearance Model number RIDE Output type ram DM Arga pp Number Number specifica p yp g capacity Total of of tlons capacity inputs outputs CPU Unit with 30 I O Points CP1E N30DR A 30 18 12 AC power Relays 8K steps 8K words 0 21A f CP1E N30DT A UAE Sinking tran 0 27A Z ae to 240 sistors ER ee CP1E N30DT1 A Sourcing 0 27A B x transistors ses CP1E N30DR D 0 21A l CP1E N30DT D Sinking tran 0 27A sistors CP1E N30DT1 D Sourcing 0 27A transistors CPU Unit with 40 I O Points CP1E N40DR A 40 24 16 AC power 0 21A CP1E N40DT A UE Sinking tran 0 31A 4 dd sistors Eugene PV orte naontt a 0 31A Fn 2 S B m transistors i ee CP1E N40DR D 0 21A TITT Current consumption Weight 5 VDC 24 VDC 0 07A 600g max 0 02A 5709 max 0 02A 5709 max 0 07A 515g max 0 02A 485g max 0 02A 4859 max 0 09A 660g max 0 02A 630g max
195. m other sources may harm your computer or steal information v See details The following dialog box will be dis played when the driver software has been installed successfully IR N e o 2 2 o 2 a The software for this device has been successfully installed lt c o U Windows has finished installing the driver software for this device OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device JOAUG GSN eui bunersu Z z v CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 13 4 Programming Device I Confirming Installation Check that the driver has been installed correctly after the installation 1 From the desktop click Start and right click My Computer A pop up menu will be displayed 2 Select Properties The System Properties Dialog Box will be displayed 3 Click the Hardware Tab and click the Device Manager Button The Device Manager Dialog Box will be displayed 4 Double click the USB Universal Serial Bus Controller Device 5 Check that OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device is displayed If it appears then the USB driver has been installed correctly 2 Device Manager le Action View Help Hrs A 3 IDE ATAJATAPI controllers 4 amp Intel R 82801EB USB Universal Host Controller 24D2 amp Intel R 82801EB USB Universal Host Controller 24D4 i 6 Intel R 82801EB USB Universal Host Controller 24D7 amp Intel R 82801EB USB Universal Host Controller 24DE J 6 Intel R 82801EB USB2 Enhanced Host Controlle
196. methods between external I O devices and Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units Connecting 3 Online to the PLC Connecting Cables for CX Programmer Procedures for connecting the Software Setup Support Software CX Programmer Support Software Software setting methods for the CPU Units PLC Setup Creating the Program Program types and basic information Detailed information on CPU Unit operation programming instructions Internal memory Built in CPU functions Settings Checking and Debugging Operation Checking I O wiring setting the Auxiliary Area settings and performing trial operation Monitoring and debugging with the Maintenance and CX Programmer 7 Troubleshooting Error codes and remedies if a problem occurs 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Manual Configuration The CP1E CPU manuals are organized in the sections listed in the following tables Refer to the appro priate section in the manuals as required CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual Cat No W479 This Manual Section Contents Section 1 Overview and Specifica This section gives an overview of the CP1E describes its features and tions provides its specifications Section 2 Basic System Configura This section describes the basic system configuration and unit models tion and Devices of the CP1E Section 3 Part Names and Functions This section describes the part names and functions of the CPU Unit Ex
197. mmend the following wiring method for the RS 232C especially in environments prone to noise 1 Use shielded twisted pair cables for the communications cables e Recommended RS 232C Cables Model numbers Manufacturer UL2464 AWG28x5P IFS RVV SB UL product Fujikura Ltd AWG28x5P IFVV SB non UL product UL2464 SB MA 5Px28AWG 7 0 127 UL product Hitachi Cable CO MA VV SB 5Px28AWG 7 0 127 non UL product Ltd 2 Combine a signal wire and SG signal ground wire in a twisted pair cable At the same time bundle the SG wires at the connectors on Option Board and the remote device 3 Connect the shield of the communications cable to the hood FG of the RS 232C connector on the Option Board At the same time ground the ground terminal GR of the CPU Unit to 100 Q or less Connection Example Example Twisted pair Cable Connecting SD SG and RD SG Terminals in Host Link Mode CPU Unit IBM PC AT or compatible SG signal wires 3 interface LRS 4 7 BV 6 DR 7 ER 8 SEG L9 D sub 9 pin connector male D sub 9 pin connector female A 34 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices Note The hood FG is internally connected to the ground terminal GR on the CPU Unit Therefore the FG is grounded by grounding the power supply ground terminal GR Although there is con ductivity between the hood FG and pin 1 FG connect the shield to both the hood and pin 1 to reduce the contact resista
198. ms e Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities Applicable Products e CP series CP1E CPU Units e Basic Models CP1E ELILIDDI E A basic model of CPU Unit that support basic control applications using instructions such as basic movement arithmetic and comparison instructions e Application Models CP1E N NALIDIDEI L An application model of CPU Unit that supports connections to Programmable Terminals invert ers and servo drives The CP Series is centered around the CP1H CP1L and CP1E CPU Units and is designed with the same basic architecture as the CS and CJ Series Always use CP series Expansion Units and CP series Expansion I O Units when expanding l O capacity I O words are allocated in the same way as for the CPM1A CPM2A PLCs i e using fixed areas for inputs and outputs CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 CP1E CPU Unit Manuals Information on the CP1E CPU Units is provided in the following manuals Refer to the appropriate manual for the information that is required CP1E CPU Unit Hardware CP1E CPU Unit Software CP1E CPU Unit Instructions User s Manual Cat No W479 User s Manual Cat No W480 Reference Manual Cat No W483 Mounting and 1 Setting Hardware Names and specifications of the parts of all Units Basic system configuration for each CPU Unit Connection methods for Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Wiring Wiring methods for the power supply Wiring
199. n 1 sIsIeTeT TeIv oIeT Iu v ve Jeon con cou o eu os com o1 s foul oo CIO n CIO n 1 COM Common terminal 00 to 07 Output terminal NC No connection CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 23 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 4 I O Specifications This section describes the I O specifications common to all Expansion I O Units I I O Specifications e Input Specifications CP1W 8ED 20EDR1 20EDT 20EDT1 40EDR 40EDT 40EDT1 Item Specification Input voltage 24 VDG 10 15 Input impedance 4 7 kQ Input current 5 mA typical ON voltage 14 4 VDC min OFF voltage 5 0 VDC max ON response time 1 ms max OFF response time 1 ms max Circuit configuration n RR 2I Output indicator I p a et 4 7kQ e Internal IN 3 dde R circuits The response time is the delay caused by hardware The delay set in the PLC Setup 0 to 32 ms default 8 ms must be added to this value For the CP1W 40EDR EDT EDT1 a fixed value of 16 ms must be added Precautions for Safe Use Do not apply voltage in excess of the rated voltage to the input terminal 3 24 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Output Specifications for Relay Outputs CP1W 8ER 16ER 20EDR1 32ER 40EDR Item Specification Maximum switching capacity 2 A 250 VAC cos 1 2 A 24 VDC 4 A common Minimum switching capacity 10 mA 5 VDC Service Electrical Resistive 150 000 operations
200. n I O Units exceeds the restriction A value of 4000 hex will be stored in A407 Remedy Connect a maximum of three Expansion Units or Expan sion I O Units to a CPU Unit with 30 or 40 I O points 6 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 e Reference 6 Troubleshooting Error flag Too Many I O Points Flag A401 11 Error code A400 SOE 1 Error information Too Many I O Points Details A407 Program Errors A program error indicates a problem with the user program Refer to the error information check the program and correct the mistakes Clear the error once the problem has been corrected Cause Instruction Processing Error A295 08 turns ON The instruction could not be executed because of incorrect operand data and the ER Flag was turned ON Only when the Stop CPU on Instruction Error parameter in the PLC Setup is set to Stop Indirect DM Addressing BCD Error A295 09 turns ON The operand of indirect DM Area addressing in BCD Mode did not contain a BCD value when the instruc tion was executed and the AER Flag was turned ON Only when the Stop CPU on Instruction Error parameter in the PLC Setup is set to Stop Illegal Area Access Error A295 10 turns ON The AER flag is ON because an illegal area was specified for access when executing the instruction Only when the Stop CPU on Instruction Error parameter in the PLC Setup is set to Stop The following operations are considered illegal acces
201. nce between the shield and FG and thus provide better noise resistance Power supply ground terminal RS 232C Option Board Ground to G 3 100Q or less SYSMAC CPIE AC100 240V CH A LI L m 01 03 o5 07 oo 1 o os os ov oo 11 BATTERY Joo o2e oa oe os 10 0 02 04 06 08 10 o POWER EXP PERIPHERAL D RUN o RR ALM Gh 000000 000000 Gua 000000 000000 2 000000 000000 w c v 3 04 06 Loo 01 03 04 06 07 com o2 com os 07 i Wiring Connectors Use the following steps to wire connectors See the following diagrams for the length of the cable portion to be cut in each step e Shield Connected to Hood FG 1 Cut the cable to the required length 2 Remove the specified length of the sheath from the cable using a knife Be careful not to scratch the braided shield 3 Trim off the braided shield using scissors RR 10mm gt 4 Remove the insulation from each conductor using a stripper PRR RRS RRRS D Fold back the braided shield 6 Wrap aluminum foil tape around the folded shield Aluminum foil tape CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 35 SUOIJEDIUNWIWOD Jelas 10 BuuIM v Co JU D Q 3 j D 2 Q D Q JJ 7 NO C2 ND O Q Appendices e Shield Not
202. nd possible loss of property Also never use a Battery that has been dropped on the floor or otherwise subject to shock It may leak UL standards require that batteries be replaced by experienced technicians Always place an experienced technician in charge of Battery replacement Turn ON the power after replacing the Battery for a CPU Unit that has been unused for a long time Leaving the CPU Unit unused again without turning ON the power even once after the Battery is replaced may result in a shorter Battery life EN Additional Information The Battery error will be cleared automatically the next time the CPU Unit is turned ON after replacing the Battery CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units oe This section describes the Analog Input Unit Analog Output Unit Temperature Sensor Units CompoBus S I O Link Unit and Expansion I O Units 8 1 Analog Input Units auauraraurmnr nur es 8 2 8 1 1 SSE EEE EN ER 8 2 8 1 2 Part Names and Functions s lt cneseeaeeetetiteeeeet etaesateeentaees 8 2 og eccl EEE NE 8 3 8 1 4 Flow of Operation ae AT bd ECCO ke E 8 6 8 2 Analog Output Units 0 cc es 8 12 8 2 1 OVNEN sanere 8 12 8 2 2 Part Names and FUNCHONS Larver 8 12 oe OPECMCIUONS NN oe EN EN E E O AS 8 13 Beo JseWwebODSIdioll 225 ose sseere teu ee socket eyeae tee ee eee es eeeeees 8 15 8 3 Analog VO Units 2 scu tanned ee ce Oe tee ae eek e wn 8 20 8 3 1 ENE NNN 8
203. nd the Exapansion I O Units or Expan sion Units 2 3 3 Maximum Number of I O Points for an Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit Number of inputs 24 Number of outputs 16 Total number of I O points when three CP1W 40EDO Expansion I O Units are connected Units that can Total Number Number be connected Total Number Number of of outputs of of CP1E C20D0 0 20 8 None None Not possible GPEHWEGG 3 ie sea 1150 5 a CP TE ADN um f 4 cPENwODGG 0 12 8 2 1 55 2 10 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Total number of Expansion Built in I P it uilt in O on CPU Uni I O Units and CPU Unit i Expansion 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 3 4 Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Expansion I O Units ee Current Specifications i Name and appearance Model number consumption Weight Oupus wis sv w 8 point Input Unit CP1W 8ED Not provided 8 inputs 24 VDC 0 018A 200g 2 gt 8 point Output Unit CP1W 8ER 8 relay outputs Not provided 0 026A 0 044A 250g EE CP1W 8ET 8 transistor outputs 0 075A 250g sinking CP1W 8ET1 8 transistor outputs 0 075A 250g sourcing CP1W 16ER 16 relay outputs Not provided 0 042A 0 090A 2809 CP1W 16ET 16 transistor outputs 0 076A 225g sinking CP1W 16ET1 16 transistor outputs 0 076A 2259 sourcing CP1W 20EDH1 8 relay outputs 12 inputs 24 VDC 0 103A 0 044A 300g CP1W 20EDT 8 transistor outputs 0 130
204. ned if the read cycle is greater than 125 ms e Programming Example The following programming example shows how to use 2 decimal place Mode for the following PLC configuration CPU Unit CP1W TS001 Temperature Sensor Unit Temperature unit setting Inputs Inputs n CIO 000 cio 002 909 CIO 001 CIO 003 Two decimal place Mode 1 2 digits after decimal point stored Outputs Outputs CIO 100 None CIO 101 In this example 100 times the temperature data for temperature input O input to CIO 002 is stored in binary form in D100 to D102 Rightmost data Bt 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 a 2 1 0 pio D102 Always 0 Always 0 Always 0 0 Pr Temperature Unit Flag 0 C 1 F Open circuit Flag 0 Normal 1 Error CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 47 e Ja o 3 D D D mr o o D 5 D O c S 2 0 suonduose uonoun4 G p g 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units A200 11 First Scan Flag 1 Sets D103 and D102 to 40100 and 0000 respectively PAON Aways ON Fag Detects completion of input 0 initialization W0 00 ON when input 0 has been initialized WO 00 2 13 open circuit detected rer WO 01 Open circuit alarm output 2 15 leftmost digits W0 02 2 15 leftmost digits 2 Leftmost digits moved to W100 2 15 rightmost digits Leftmost and rightmost digits rearranged and moved to W102 and W101 Data r
205. ns 3 28 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Programming Device SSS This section describes the features of the CX Programmer used for programming and debugging PLCs as well as how to connect the PLC with the Programming Device 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E 4 2 4 1 1 Applicable Programming Devices eee tenes 4 2 4 1 2 CX Programmer M TETEERERETTITETIRTILTTIILOLIL OL 21271 77 171 1T 4 3 4 1 3 Operating Environment and System Configuration 4 4 4 1 4 Features of the CX Programmer 00 0 cee eee 4 4 4 1 5 Installing the Software 2 0 eee 4 7 42 Connecting by USB 5 uuu uino deos a beens cS nO ox 8 cde 9c 3 tees 4 8 4 2 1 Connecting DY USB e PH 4 8 4 2 2 stalling he USB Diver sarsresenrsse ges as Aes 4 9 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 1 4 Programming Device 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E A programming device is a software application for initializing programming monitoring and debug ging PLCs This section describes the programming device used by CP1E 4 1 1 Applicable Programming Devices The programming devices in the following table are used to program and monitor the CP1E Unit IBM PC AT or equivalent SSS SS SSS E gt 3333 A ar C fan a CP1E CPU Unit
206. nsion Unit Unit with 16 out 76 0 2 1 AER i put points E N20 CPU Unit 7640 5 with 8 16 or 20 I O UN as en Unit with 20 0 7620 2 8mm points NE HERE a m Expansion I O Units Unit with 8 input 56 0 2 pe I po points CP1E E10 14 20 or Points Analog I O Units Analog I O 76 0 2 4mT Analog input Analog output Temperature Sensor Units 76 0 2 Using Wiring Ducts Whenever possible route I O wiring through wiring ducts Install the ducts so that it is easy to wire the I O Units through the ducts It is handy to have the ducts at the same height as the Racks Use mount ing bases if necessary to adjust the heights 81 6 89 0mm 20mm min 30mm DIN Track 30mm 40mm Duct Mounting bracket rt 20mm min 5 10 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring Precautions for Correct Use Tighten terminal block screws and cable screws to the following torques M4 1 2 N m M3 0 5 N m e Routing Wiring Ducts Install the wiring ducts at least 20 mm between the tops of the Racks and any other objects e g ceiling wiring ducts structural supports devices etc to provide enough space for air circulation and replacement of Units Fuses timers Input duct Output duct Power duct 200 mm min g A a A 2 h zi fo l J 7 D 2 Breaker 2 Fuse lille e 2 WE A
207. nsor inputs to BCD and store the result in DO and D1 CP1W TS001 101 Temperature Sensor Unit CP1E CPU Unit Temperature unit OCC Number of decimal places 0 normal Input range setting 1 K 0 0 to 500 0 C Input O CIO 2 Outputs CIO 100 Input 1 CIO 3 CIO 101 Inputs e I o 3 i D D e T o D 5 D O c S 2 0 uone1edo Jo MO 4 t t 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 41 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Always ON P On Detects completion of input 0 initialization Always ON W0 00 ON when input 0 has been initialized P On Detects completion of input 1 initialization ON when input 1 has been initialized l Detects an open circuit alarm or Unit error by checking converted temperature data for the error code 7FFF ON when an open circuit alarm or Unit error has been detected for input 0 Checks to see if the temperature data in CIO 2 has exceeded 500 0 C 1388 hex without decimal point ON for an input 0 temperature error Converts the temperature data for input 0 to BCD and stores the result in DO WO 01 Execution condition Detects an open circuit alarm or Unit error by checking whether the error code 7FFF has been output WO0 04 ON when an open circuit alarm or Unit error has been detected for input 1 Checks to see if the temperature data in ClO 3 has exceeded 500 0 C 1388 hex without decimal point d2 WO0 05 ON for an in
208. nsors can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units Output indicators yellow Output status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the output is ON Output terminal block This is the terminal block for outputs such as relay outputs transistor outputs and the external power supply output Loads such as lamps contactors and solenoid valves can be con The external supply terminals output up to 300 mA max at 24 VDC They can be used as a service power supply for input devices AC power supply only Battery cover for N NA type A Battery can be installed by opening the cover Battery is optional 5 Built in RS 232C communi This indicator will be flashing when the built in RS 232C port is in com munication mode 3 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 Part Names and Functions Number Name Function Option Board slot for N NA An Option Board can be connected to the slot type CPU Units CP1W CIFO1 RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIF11 RS 422A 485 Option Board Maximum transmission distance 50 m or CP1W CIF12 RS 422A 485 Option Board Maximum transmission distance 500 m Built in RS 232C port for By connecting a PT the controlled system can be monitored and data N NA type CPU Units can be collected Analog input terminals Analog output devices such as switches and sensors can be connected Analog output terminals Analog input device can be connected I
209. nstruc tion error Refer to A298 and A299 instruction program address when the program fails and take corrective actions so that illegal area access errors will not occur Set the PLC Setup to not stop operation for an instruc tion error Insert an END instruction at the end of the program allo cated to the task stored in A294 task number when the program fails Create a task for the number stored in A294 task number when the program fails Change the operating mode to PROGRAM mode and then return to MONITOR mode Transfer the program again using the CX Programmer Transfer the program again using the CX Programmer 6 9 o L zi Oo c i3 0 gt O Oo et 5 O U c c 3 m Oo 0 SJ0113 1 4 8 1 9 6 Troubleshooting e Reference Error flag Program Error Flag A401 09 Error code A400 80F0 Error information Program Error Details A294 to A299 i Cycle Time Exceeded Error Cause Remedy This error occurs when the cycle time Change the program to reduce the cycle time PV exceeds the maximum cycle time e Change the maximum cycle time setting set in the PLC Setup e Refer to the Maximum Interrupt Task Processing Time A440 and study the maximum cycle time For example use the JUMP instruction to skip sections that are not executed to shorten the cycle time e Reference Error flag Cycle Time Too Long Error A401 08 Error code A400 809F Error information
210. nual W479 8 21 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Model CP1W MAD11 Item Voltage I O Current I O Analog 2 inputs 2 words allocated ee 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V or 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 1 MQ min Approx 250 O 1 6000 full scale Overall 0 396 full scale 0 496 full scale 0 6 full scale 0 8 full scale A D conversion data 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex Averaging function Supported Settable for individual inputs via DIP switch Open circuit detection func Supported tion Analog Number of outputs 1 output 1 word allocated Output Output signal range 1 to 5 VDC 0 to 10 VDC or 10 to 10 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA Section VDC Allowable external output 1 kQ min 600 Q max load resistance 1 6000 full scale Overall 0 4 full scale 0 8 full scale Set data D A conversion 16 bit binary 4 digit hexadecimal Full scale for 10 to 10 V F448 to OBB8 hex Full scale for other ranges 0000 to 1770 hex Conversion time 2 ms point 6 ms all points Isolation method Photocoupler isolation between analog I O terminals and internal circuits No isolation between analog I O signals Current consumption 5 VDC 83 mA max 24 VDC 110 mA max I Analog I O Signal Ranges Analog I O data is digitally converted according to the analog I O signal range as shown below EN Additional Information
211. of bare stranded wires may result in burning Do not apply voltages to the input terminals in excess of the rated input voltage Excess voltages may result in burning Do not apply voltages or connect loads to the output terminals in excess of the maximum switch ing capacity Excess voltage or loads may result in burning Disconnect the functional ground terminal when performing withstand voltage tests Not discon necting the functional ground terminal may result in burning CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 e Be sure that all the PLC terminal screws and cable connector screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals The tightening torque for the terminals on the CP1W CIF11 CIF12 terminal block is 0 28 N m Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction The following devices can be connected to pin 6 5V on the built in RS 232C port on the CPU Unit or the RS 232C Option Board CP1W CIFO1 mounted to the CPU Unit Do not connect pin 6 to any other device e RS 422A CJ1W CIF11 Conversion Adapter e RS 232C RS 422A NT AL001 Conversion Adapter e NV3W MLI20L Programmable Terminal e Use the cables that are specified in the manual for each device External devices or the CPU Unit may be damaged if a commercially available RS 232C computer cable is used e Do not pull on the cables or bend the cables beyond their natural limit Doing either of these may break the cables e Do not place objects on t
212. og device with a a device with voltage EN E current output output Qo L D 5 m Oo o E e c 5 0 Precautions for Correct Use e Connect the shield to the FG terminal to prevent noise e When an input is not being used short the and terminals e Separate wiring from power lines AC power supply lines high voltage lines etc e When there is noise in the power supply line install a noise filter on the input section and the power supply uoneJedo JO MO 4 t L 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 7 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units EN Additional Information Refer to the following information on open circuits when using voltage inputs 24 VDC For example if connected device 2 is outputting 5 V and the same power supply is being used for both devices as shown above approximately 1 3 or 1 6 V will be applied to the input for input device 1 If a wiring disconnection occurs when voltage input is being used the situation described below will result Either separate the power supplies for the connected devices or use an isolator for each input e f the same power supply is being used by the connected devices and a disconnection occurs at points A or B in the above diagram an unwanted circuit path will occur as shown along the dotted line in the diagram If that occurs a voltage of approximately 1 3 to 1 2 of the output voltage of the other connected device w
213. og output set value condition EQ Open circuit alarm CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 33 qo e gt 5 Oo te O c D uone1edo Jo MO 4 t 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 4 Temperature Sensor Units 8 4 1 Overview CP1W TS002 TS102 Temperature Sensor Units each provide up to four input points and CP1W TS001 TS101 Temperature Sensor Units each provide up to two input points The inputs can be from thermocouples or platinum resistance thermometers CP1W TS002 TS102 Temperature Sensor Units are each allocated four input words 8 4 2 Part Names and Functions e Temperature Sensor Units CP1W TSLILIEI 3 Rotary Switch 2 DIP Switch b Expansion Connector CO o Tf Hz N eo A A O pms Q a Ga 9 z gt 2 3 GLA Ol 2 EXP Sr amp S4 JL S 8 S S i P p o SF o SFG 3 SiS Er i E i 4 Expansion I O Connecting Cable 1 Temperature Sensor Input Terminals 1 Temperature Sensor Input Terminals Used to connect temperature sensors such as thermocouples or platinum resistance thermome ters 2 DIP Switch Used to set the temperature unit C or F and the number of decimal places used 3 Rotary Switch Used to set the temperature input range Make the setting according to the specifications of the temperature sensors that are connected 4 Expansi
214. oltage Directive Directives 5 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring V Precautions for Correct Use e Loose pieces of wires may fall in the area when wiring To prevent these pieces from entering into the Unit leave the label on the top of the Unit while wiring e Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation e The power supply terminals are located at the top of the Unit 5 3 3 I O Wiring I O Wiring Precautions for Safe Use e Never apply a voltage that exceeds the input voltage for Input Units or the maximum switching capacity for Output Units e When the power supply has positive and negative terminals always wire them correctly e Do not bend the I O Connecting cable past its natural bending radius or pull in it with excessive force Doing so will damage the cable rh e 5 e Wire Sizes e AWG22 to AWG18 0 32 to 0 82 mm power lines are recommended e The current capacity of electric wire depends on factors such as the ambient temperature and insulation thickness as well as the gauge of the wire BuulM O I S e Crimp Terminals e M3 self rising terminal screws are used e Use crimp terminals or solid wire for wiring e Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals e Tighten the terminal block screws to the torque of 0 5 N m e Use crimp terminals M3 having the dimensions shown below 6 2 mm mf 0 6 2 mm
215. omatic online connection via network This function enables automatically connecting to the PLC online when the CX Programmer is directly connected by a serial connection peripheral USB port or serial port Security Read protection using password This function protects reading and displaying programs using passwords functions Read protection Set a password using the CX Programmer Overwrite protection function not included Write protection from FINS commands This function prohibits writing by using FINS commands sent over the network nance CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 13 es I wo o D zh O e O 5 0 suoineoioedg jeuorpun e e I 4 Overview and Specifications CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Basic System Configuration and Devices This section describes the basic system configuration and device models of the CP1E 2 1 2 2 2 4 Basic System Configuration elsleleeen 2 2 2 1 1 Basic System Configuration Using an E type CPU Unit 2 2 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration Using an N NA type CPU Unit 2 3 CPU UNIS sirctuw atone tances eee EEG 2 4 2 2 1 01610 RE REE wash Gee teed EIS TRUE E ewes 2 4 2 2 2 Optional Products a6 accsccc5 0 be doe 6 te OES ox C Geo EP RUN gd knee 2 7 2 2 3 Unit Versions of CPU Units 422 ds05 Ib acm dew edu aes beeen Pee we Pewee ad 2 8 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit
216. on CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E CX Programmer refers to the Micro PLC Edition CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CX Programmer for CP1E in this manual Note E20 30 40 and N20 30 40 CPU Units are supported by CX Programmer version 8 2 or higher E10 14 N14 60 and NA20 CPU Units are supported by CX Programmer version 9 03 or higher CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Sections in this Manual Overview and Specifications Basic System Configuration and Devices Part Names and Functions Programming Device Installation and Wiring Troubleshooting Maintenance and Inspection Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Appendices CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 CONTENTS MEDALEN sje 1 CPIE CPU UA MANUS Lassen AE EEEE EEE 2 Man al STU TME Pee 5 Salely PrecamMNSauavvvvemmensuvemmmsmmmnnmmemeenmadsdnsdkaensndenn 15 Precaullons1or Sale USO siinsesse aa a aeaa 20 Operating Environment Precautions r rnnnvnnnnnernnnnennnnnnnnnnvnnnnnennnnnnnnnnvnnnnnennnnvennnr 23 Regulations and Standards saesasmnemiindondomdtndmitensdediisdds 24 RelateO MANUA RE EE TE 25 Section 1 Overview and Specifications FL PE NNN P 9 1 2 1 1 1 Overview OPES BS uue actos miducncu tonne ES D Ro Luna au R bd ues Eo DeUU 1 2 1 1 2 grub c esas 1 3 12 Basic Operating Proc dure sossa
217. on a pulse form analog output may be generated If this causes problems with operation take countermeasures such as those suggested below 1 Countermeasure 1 e Turn ON the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit first confirm correct operation and then turn ON the power supply for the load e Turn OFF the power supply for the load before turning OFF the power supply for the CP1E CPU Unit 2 Countermeasure 2 e Control the machine not only by analog output but also by other signals additional start stop control signal for machine 3 Create the ladder program 1 Allocating Output Words Four output word are allocated to the Analog Output Unit starting from the next word follow ing the last allocated word on the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Analog Output Unit Words n 1 to n 4 2 Writing Set Data Write the output use and the range code to words n 1 and n 2 The D A conversion will start when the set data is transferred from the CPU Unit to the Analog Output Unit qo N gt Oo amp O c p c e c 3 2 D 15 8 7 6 543210 wan 1 1 ofofofofofofo yy fy y Set to 1 Analog output 2 Analog output 1 15 8 765 43 2 1 0 wan 2 1 ojojojojo o O y J yy Set to 1 Analog output 4 Analog output 3 uone1edo Jo MO 4 t 2 8 e Set Data Range code Analog output signal range 10 to 10 V 01 0to 10 V 010 1to5V 011 0 to 20 mA 100 4 to 20 mA CP1E CPU Unit
218. on I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector of a CP1E CPU Unit or an Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit The cable is included with the Temperature Sensor Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors b Expansion Connector Used for connecting Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units 8 34 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 4 3 Specifications A CP1W TSLILILI Temperature Sensor Unit can be connected to a CP1E CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W TS OOO Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Temperature Sensor Unit q D Ac100 240vlocn BEL las T L3 oo 02 04 os 08 10 o o2 04 06 08 10 skip p Ua r el B Ge NZ Thermocouples or platinum resistance thermometers Temperature inputs Model CP1W TS001 CP1W TS002 CP1W TS101 CP1W TS102 Temperature sen Thermocouples Platinum resistance thermometer pum Switchable between K and J but same type Switchable between Pt100 and JPt100 but must be used for all inputs same type must be used fo
219. on Writes analog output 2 conversion data TS condition O I E c Writes analog output 3 conversion data 3 0 a u I 1 O O O D D D O 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 19 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 3 Analog I O Units 8 3 1 Overview Each CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Unit provides 2 analog inputs and 1 analog output e The analog input range can be set to 0 to 5 V 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA The inputs have a resolution of 1 6000 An open circuit detection function can be used with the 1 to 5 V and 4 to 20 mA settings e The analog output range can be set to 1 to 5 V 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA The outputs have a resolution of 1 6000 8 3 2 Part Names and Functions e CP1W MAD11 4 DIP switch 3 Expansion connector 2 Expansion I O connecting cable 1 Analog I O terminals 1 Analog I O Terminals Connected to analog I O devices e O Terminal Arrangements V OUT Voltage output Lien ma OUT Current output COM Output common VINO Voltage input 0 INO Current input 0 COMO Input common 0 7 VIN Voltage input 1 IN1 Current input 1 COM1 Input common 1 Note For current inputs short V INO to I INO and V IN1 to I IN1 2 Expansion I O Connecting Cable Connected to the expansion connector of a CPU Unit or an Expansion Unit The cable i
220. on and Devices NA type CPU Units Current consumption I O capacit Model number oct 2 5 VDC 24 VDC 20 I O points CP1E NA20DR A 0 18A and built in CP1E NA20DT D 0 23A 0 09A analog CP1E NA20DT1 D 0 23A sumption 2 The current consumption of CP1W CIF12 Option Boards is 0 075A 5 VDC 3 The current consumptions given in the following table must be added to the current consumption of the CPU Unit if an Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit is connected e Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units The current consumption of CP1W CIF01 11 Option Boards is included in the CPU Unit s current con Current consumption Unit name Model number Expansion VO Units 8 outputs 0 075A 16 outputs CP1W 16ET 0 076A CP1W 16ET1 Kill 20 VO points 12 inputs 0 130 8 outputs CP1W 20EDT1 32 outputs CP1W 32ET 0 113A CP1W 32ET1 40 VO points 24 inputs 0 160 nsion Unit 0 080A Units Analog Output 4 outputs CP1W DA041 Unit Analog I O Unit Analog inputs 2 CP1W MAD11 0 083A Analog outputs 1 Kor J thermocou CP1W TSOO1 0 040A ples CP1W TS002 Pt or JPt platinum Temperature Sensor Units resistance ther mometers CompoBus S _ 8 inputs sss 0 029A I O Link Unit 8outputs Other Devices Using PLC Internal Power Supply CP1W TS101 0 054A 24 VDC 0 044A 0 090A 0 044A 0 131A 0 090A 0 090A 0 124A 0 110A 0 059A 0 073A Current consumption Unit name Mod
221. on begins simulta neously with startup it will wait for valid set data Always ON Flag TIM 005 will start as soon as power turns ON P_On After 0 1 to 0 2 s 100 to 200 ms the Comple tion Flag for TIM 005 will turn ON and the data stored in D100 will be moved to CIO 102 as the conversion data for analog output 1 5 Handling Unit Errors e When an error occurs at the Analog Output Unit the analog output will be 0 V or 0 mA If a CPU error or an I O bus error fatal errors occurs at the CPU Unit and the analog output is set to 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA 0 V or 0 mA will be output For any other fatal errors at the CPU Unit 1 V or 4 mA will be output e Expansion Unit and Expansion I O Unit errors are output to bits 0 to 5 of word A436 for units 1 to 3 The bits are allocated from A436 00 in order starting from the Unit nearest the CPU Unit CP1W DA041 is allocated two bits each Use these flags in the probgram when it is necessary to detect errors CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 6 Program Example Analog output Destination word Output 1 0 to 10 V Wd n 1 Output 2 1011 B hex Wd n 1 Output 4 0000 0 hex Wd n 2 First Cycle Flag A200 11 Writes set data B and 9 Writes set data O and 8 Always ON Flag P On TIM5 Execution 0002 TS condition Writes analog output 1 conversion data Execution TS condition Qo N gt gt D Executi
222. onnect to Windows Update to search for software Yes this time only Yes now and every time connect a device No not this time Click Next to continue Cancel Found New Hardware Wizard This wizard helps you install software for OMRON PLC I If your hardware came with an installation CD lt 4 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device EN Additional Information e f the software cannot be installed automatically refer to Installing a Specified USB Driver later in this section e f the installation media is not inserted or the USB device driver is installed for another port a Driver List Dialog Box will be displayed Make sure that the newest driver is selected and click the Next Button Found New Hardware Wizard Please select the best match for your hardware from the list below OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device Description Version Manufacturer Location OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device 1 0 3 1 OMRON c windows infoen OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device 1 0 3 1 OMRON c Nwindows infomrc gt N O Oo 5 5 D O et 3 e o lt c o UJ N This driver is not digitally signed Tel VPE PRI Ignore the following dialog box if it is displayed and click the Continue Hardware Installation Anyway Button The software you
223. op of the cables or other wiring lines Doing so may break the cables e Handling e To initialize the DM Area back up the initial contents for the DM Area to backup memory using one of the following methods e Set the number of words of the DM Area to be backed up starting with DO in the Number of CH of DM for backup Box in the Startup Data Head Area e Include programming to back up specified words in the DM Area to built in EEPROM by turning ON A751 15 DM Backup Save Start Bit e Check the ladder program for proper execution before actually running it on the Unit Not checking the program may result in an unexpected operation e The ladder program and parameter area data in the CP1E CPU Units are backed up in the built in EEPROM backup memory The BKUP indicator will light on the front of the CPU Unit when the backup operation is in progress Do not turn OFF the power supply to the CPU Unit when the BKUP indicator is lit The data will not be backed up if power is turned OFF and a memory error will occur the next time the power supply is turned ON With a CP1E CPU Unit data memory can be backed up to the built in EEPROM backup memory The BKUP indicator will light on the front of the CPU Unit when backup is in progress Do not turn OFF the power supply to the CPU Unit when the BKUP indicator is lit If the power is turned OFF during a backup the data will not be backed up and will not be transferred to the DM Area in RAM the next time t
224. or lit Not lit Lit RUN indicator lit ERR ALM indicator lit Not lit Check the power supply Refer to 6 1 7 and 6 2 ERR ALM indicator lit Not lit Flashing Lit There is no error in the CP1E A non fatal error has occurred Check for other A fatal error has occurred Refer to 6 1 10 causes Refer to 6 1 8 Refer to 6 2 6 6 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 6 Troubleshooting 6 1 7 No Operation When Power Is Supplied First confirm that the POWER indicator green is lit e POWER Indicator Not Lit The power supply may not match the Unit rating wiring may not be correct or the Unit may be faulty e Confirm the Unit rating i e is it 24 VDC or 100 to 240 VAC and see if the supply power matches the rating e Check the wiring to see if it is correct and that nothing is disconnected e Check the voltage at the power supply terminals If the voltage is normal and the POWER indica tor is not lit the Unit may be faulty In that case replace the Unit e POWER Indicator Flashing There may be fluctuations in the power supply voltage disconnected wiring or poor contacts Check the power supply system and wiring e POWER Indicator Lit but No Operation Check the RUN indicator if the POWER indicator is lit but the CPU Unit does not operate The CPU Unit may be on standby if the RUN indicator is not lit o L zi Oo c a 0 gt O Oo et 5 O U c c 3 m Oo 0
225. output to remain ON due to a malfunction in the internal circuitry of the Output Unit such as a relay or transistor malfunction Always add any circuits necessary outside of the PLC to ensure the safety of the system in the event that an output fails to go OFF External Interlock Circuits When the PLC controls operation such as the clockwise and counterclockwise operation of a motor and if there is any possibility of an accident or mechanical damage due to faulty PLC operation provide an external interlock such as the one shown below to prevent both the forward and reverse outputs from turning ON at the same time Example interlock Circuits A circuit like the one shown in the dia a x TN gram on the left is required to prevent 10000 9 i6 clockwise outputs MC1 and MC2 from both being operation ON at the same time even if both PLC CP1E outputs CIO 100 00 and CIO 100 01 I I I 100 01 MO Motor are both ON 100119 e i counterclock I wise operation 5 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring 5 2 Installation This section describes the environmental factors that must be considered and the installation location of each Unit 5 2 1 Installation Location i Installation Environment Do not install the Unit in the following locations e Locations subject to ambient temperatures lower than O C or higher than 55 C e Locations subject to drastic temperature changes or condensa
226. pansion I O Units and Expansion Units in a CP1E PLC Section 4 Programming Device This section describes the features of the CX Programmer used for pro gramming and debugging PLCs as well as how to connect the PLC with the Programming Device by USB Section 5 Installation and Wiring This section describes how to install and wire CP1E Units Section 6 Troubleshooting This section describes how to troubleshoot problems that may occur with a CP1E PLC including the error indications provided by the CP1E Units Section 7 Maintenance and Inspec This section describes periodic inspections the service life of the Bat tion tery and how to replace the Battery Section 8 Using Expansion Units This section describes application methods for Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units Appendices The appendices provide information on dimensions wiring diagrams and wiring serial communications for the CP1E I CP1E CPU Unit Software User s Manual Cat No W480 Section Contents Section 1 Overview This section gives an overview of the CP1E describes its application procedures Section 2 CPU Unit Memory This section describes the types of internal memory in a CP1E CPU Unit and the data that is stored Section 3 CPU Unit Operation This section describes the operation of a CP1E CPU Unit Section 4 Programming Concepts This section provides basic information on designing ladder programs for a CP1E CPU Unit Section 5 I O Memory This section des
227. peripheral USB port 3 with a USB cable 2 Ss ay ae Alle ie ay EA EK BESS r PS gt 23 OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device Device driver software installed successfully EN Additional Information If the software is not automatically installed refer to Installing a Specified USB Driver later in this section CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 9 gt N O fe 5 5 D Q ct 3 o lt c UJ JOAUG GSN eui bunersu z z v 4 Programming Device Windows XP 1 Turn ON the power supply to the PLC and connect the peripheral USB port on the PLC to the personal computer using a USB cable The computer will automatically detect the device when the cable is connected and display the following message 2 The following dialog box will be dis played Select one of the options and click the Next Button 3 The following dialog box will be dis played Select the nstall the software automatically Recommended Option and click the Next Button 4 10 J Found New Hardware OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device 9 38 AM Found New Hardware Wizard Welcome to the Found New Hardware Wizard Windows will search for current and updated software by looking on your computer on the hardware installation CD or on the Windows Update Web site with your permission Can Windows c
228. ply Output type R Relays outputs T Transistor outputs sinking T1 Transistor outputs sourcing Input type I O capacity 10 10 I O points 6 inputs 4 outputs 14 14 I O points 8 inputs 6 outputs 20 20 I O points 12 inputs 8 outputs 30 30 I O points 18 inputs 12 outputs 40 40 I O points 24 inputs 16 outputs 60 60 I O points 36 inputs 24 outputs Unit type E Basic model N Application model NA Application model with built in analog The following is a list of available CP1E CPU Unit models E type CPU Units Number of built in I O Current points Name and appearance Model number Number Number Supply Output type gram Weight specifica capacity Total of of capacity 5 VDC 24 VDC tions inputs outputs CPU Unit with 10 I O Points CP1E E10DR A 4 AC power 2K steps 2K words 0 08A 0 04A 300g max CP1E E10DT A supply 100 sinking tran 0 11A 0 00A 280g max to 240 VAC aistor des I CP1E E10DT1 A Sourcing 0 11A 0 00A 280g max transistor CP1E E10DR D 0 08A 0 04A 280g max MEI CP1E E10DT D Sinking tran 0 11A 0 00A 260g max sistor CP1E E10DT1 D Sourcing 0 11A 0 00A 260g max transistor CPU Unit with 14 I O Points CP1E E14DR A I 0 16A 0 07A 350g max 2 4 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Power 2 consumption nr gt 10 4 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices specifica tions of of Numb
229. ply cables to prevent noise from the power supply lines Adding a 1 1 isolating transformer reduces electrical noise even further e Consider the possibility of voltage drops and the allowable current and always use thick power lines e Use round crimp terminals for AC power supply wiring e Use a power supply within the allowable voltage fluctuation range 85 to 264 VAC e Grounding e Always ground the ground terminal to 100 or less to protect against electric shock and incorrect operation from electrical noise e f one phase of the power supply is grounded connect the grounded phase to the L2 N terminal e The GR terminal is a ground terminal To prevent electrical shock use a dedicated ground line 2 mm min of 100 Q or less e The line ground terminal LG is a noise filtered neutral terminal If noise is a significant source of errors or if electrical shocks are a problem connect the line ground terminal LG to the ground terminal GR and ground both with a ground resistance of 100 Q or less e To prevent electrical shock when short circuiting between the LG and GR terminals always use a ground of 100 Q or less e Do not connect ground lines to other devices or to the frame of a building Doing so will reverse the effectiveness of the ground and instead have a bad influence ik e e 5 e Isolation Transformer The PLC s internal noise isolation circuits are sufficient to control typical noise in power suppl
230. power supply as shown in the following diagram Non insulated DC 24v power supply USB cable or other a communications DEE OO S E N X Eg wm d Saas ae e g personal m VAYA The DM Area D Holding Area H Counter Completion Flags C and Counter Present Values C will be held by the Battery if a Battery is mounted in a CP1E N NALILIDLI L1 CPU Unit When the battery voltage is low however I O memory areas that are held including the DM Holding and Counter Areas will be unstable The unit or device may operate unexpectedly because of unstable data Use the Battery Error Flag or other measures to stop outputs if external out puts are performed from a ladder program based on the contents of the DM Area or other I O memory areas Sufficiently check safety if I O bit status or present values are monitored in the Ladder Section Pane or present values are monitored in the Watch Pane If bits are set reset force set or force reset by inadvertently pressing a shortcut key devices connected to PLC outputs may operate incorrectly regardless of the operat ing mode Program so that the memory area of the start address is not exceeded when using a word address or symbol for the offset For example write the program so that processing is executed only when the indirect specification does not cause the final address to exceed the memory area by using an input comparison instruction or other instruction I
231. put 1 temperature error Converts the temperature data for input 1 to BCD and stores the result in 1 8 42 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units b The following programming example shows how to convert the data for tempera ture input 0 to BCD and store the result in DO and D1 0001 is stored in D1 when the input data is a negative value The following system configuration is used CP1W TS001 101 CP1E CPU Unit Temperature unit setting 0 C Temperature Sensor Unit 6 Programming with BCD Instruction Always ON P_On Execution WO O0 condition CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Two decimal place 0 normal Mode Input range setting 1 Pt100 200 0 to 650 0 C Input 0 CIO 2 Detects completion of input 0 initialization ON when input 0 has been initialized Detects an open circuit alarm or Unit error by checking whether the error code 7FFF has been output ON when an open circuit alarm or Unit error has been detected for input O Stores positive BCD data in DO Stores 40000 in D1 When input 0 converted value is negative 40000 minus two s complement actual value Stores negative BCD data in DO Stores 40001 in D1 to indicate a negative number 8 43 e I o 3 D D D e o o D 5 D O c S 2 0 uone1edo Jo MO 4 t r 8 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 7 Prog
232. r Temperature input 1 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 27 Appendices Wiring Diagrams e CP1W TS002 One to four K or J thermocouples can be connected to the CP1W TS002 All of the thermocouples must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Example Input O Input 1 Input 2 Input 3 Temperature input compensator Temperature input 1 Temperature input 3 Connecting a Platinum Resistance Thermometer e CP1W TS101 One or two Pt or JPt platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS101 Both of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each Example Temperature input O Temperature input 1 e CP1W TS102 One to four Pt or JPt platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS102 All of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for Input O Input 1 each Example Input 1 NC Input 2 Input 3 Input 3 A A B A A B Input O Input O Input 1 NC Input 2 Input 2 Input 3 B B B B B B di C t l He He Ho Le He Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature input 0 input 1 input 2 input 3 A 28 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices CP1W SRT21 CompoBus S I O Link Unit Terminal Block is not removable Wiring Diagrams These terminals are not used They can however be used as communicat
233. r 24D m nd Em EE E E E E UN amp USB Root Hub 6 USB Root Hub 6 USB Root Hub 6 USB Root Hub 6 USB Root Hub 6 Close the Device Manager Dialog Box and System Properties Dialog Box If OMRON SYSMAC PLC Device does not appear reinstall the USB driver l Uninstalling the USB Driver If the USB driver installation fails for some reason or is cancelled in progress the USB driver must be reinstalled First check whether installation failed 1 Display the Device Manager on the computer If USB Device is displayed for Other Devices it means that the USB driver installation has failed 2 Right click on USB Device and select Delete to delete the driver Reinsert the USB cable to display the USB driver installation dialog box Install the driver following the instructions again 4 14 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device i Re installing the USB Driver 1 Right click OMRON PLC under Uni versal Serial Bus controllers and OMRON PI C Properties select Properties The properties will General Driver Details be displayed EEE of 5 UMAON PLE Device type Universal Senal Bus controllers Manufacturer Unknown Location Location 0 OMAOKM PLC Device status device is not configured correctly Code 1 To reinstall the drivers for this device click Reinstall Driver gt N O Oo 5 5 D O et 3 e o lt c o UJ De
234. r s Manual W479 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 2 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU Units For CP1E N NA type CPU Units the data in the following areas may be unstable when the power is turned ON Mount the CP1W BATO1 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the following areas need to be retained after a power interruption e DM Area D excluding words backed up to the EEPROM using the DM backup function e Holding Area H e Counter Present Values and Completion Flags C e Auxiliary Area related to clock function A A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit The procedure to replace the Battery on an N NA type CPU Unit is given below I Battery Service Life and Replacement Period At 25 C the maximum service life for the Battery is five years whether or not power is supplied to the CPU Unit while the Battery is installed The Battery s lifetime will be shorter when it is used at higher temperatures The following table shows the approximate minimum lifetimes and typical lifetimes for the backup Bat tery total time with power not supplied Model number appo uUa EAR minimumi Sica eime lifetime lifetime CP1E NODDO O 5 years 13 000 hours 43 000 hours CP1E NALIDIDEI E 1 5 years 5 years The minimum lifetime is the memory backup time at an ambient temperature of 55 C The typical lifetime is the memory backup time at an ambient temperature of 25 C SHUN ndo edAi vN N Ul Aje
235. r s power supply voltage is used as the input to CIO 0 00 A 100 ms timer delay the time required for an OMRON Proximity Sensor to stabilize is created in the program After the Completion Flag for the timer turns ON the sensor input on input bit CIO 0 01 will cause output bit CIO 100 00 to turn ON 0 00 TIM T100 0 01 ______ 100 00 i Output Wiring e Protective Circuit for Load Short circuits If a load connected to the output terminals is short circuited output components and the printed cir cuit boards may be damaged To guard against this incorporate a fuse in the external circuit Use a fuse with a capacity of about twice the rated output amp Connecting to a TTL Circuit A TTL circuit cannot be connected directly to a transistor output because of the transistor s residual voltage Connect a TTL Unit through a CMOS IC It is necessary to connect a pull up resistor for a transistor output e Precautions on Inrush Current When connecting a transistor or triac output to a load having a high inrush current Such as an incandescent lamp steps must be taken to avoid damage to the transistor or triac Use either of the following methods to reduce the inrush current Method1 Method2 Providing a dark current of approx one third of the Installing a limiting resistor rated value through an incandescent lamp 5 20 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 Installation and Wiring 5 3 4 Wir
236. r all inputs Allocated input 2 4 2 4 words Accuracy The larger of 0 5 of converted value or The larger of 0 5 of converted value or 2 C 1 digit max 1 C 1 digit max Conversion time 250 ms for 2 or 4 input points Converted tempera 16 bit binary data 4 digit hexadecimal ture data Isolation Photocouplers between all temperature input signals Current consump 5 VDC 40 mA max 5 VDC 54 mA max tion 24 VDC 59 mA max 24 VDC 73 mA max Accuracy for a K type sensor at 100 C or less is 4 C 1 digit max 8 4 4 Flow of Operation 1 Connect the Unit Connect the Temperature Sensor Unit 2 Set the temperature unit 2 decimal place Mode if required and Set the temperature ranges set the temperature input range 3 e Connect temperature sensors sensors Program operation in the e Read temperature data stored in the input word ladder program CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 35 e TI o 3 i D D e T o D 5 D O c S 2 0 suoneoymoeds e p g 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 36 1 Connect the Temperature Sensor Unit to the CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W TS0
237. ramming with SCL2 Instruction Always ON P_On Detects completion of input 0 initialization Execution v W0 00 ON when initialization complete W0 00 condition P EQ W0 01 ON when an open circuit alarm has been detected P EQ Parameter settings for data conversion LJ When the converted value is non negative stores 0000 in D1 When the converted value is negative stores 0001 in D1 e Operation Binary to BCD conversion CIO2 16 16 16 16 CY D when using SCL2 instruction D1 0 0 070 1 0 10 10 10 10 1 Negative 0 Non negative 0 If data non negative 0000 stored in D1 1 If data negative 0001 stored in D1 8 4 5 Function Descriptions i Two decimal place Mode If pin 2 on the DIP switch is turned ON values are stored to two decimal places In this case tempera ture data is stored as 6 digit signed hexadecimal binary data with 4 digits in the integer portion and 2 digits after the decimal point The actual data stored in memory is 100 times the actual value i e the decimal point is not indicated Methods for handling this data are described in this section EN Additional Information When set to store values to two decimal places temperature data as far as two digits after the decimal point is converted to 6 digit binary data but the actual resolution is not 0 01 C F For this reason there may be skipping and inaccur
238. rature remains within panel the allowed range of 0 to 55 C Relative humidity Use a hygrometer to check the opera must be 10 to tion humidity and ensure that the 90 with no con ambient humidity remains between densation 10 and 90 Make sure that condensation does not occur due to rapid changes in Check the ambient humidity inside the control panel if the PLC is in a control panel N I U o Q o D gt D gt Q gt O o gt 2 5 o i D Q ct O gt temperature Check that the PLC is notin Not in direct sun Protect the PLC if necessary direct sunlight light Check for accumulation of No significant accu Clean and protect the PLC if neces dirt dust salt metal filings mulation sary etc 7 Check for water oil or chemi No spray on the Clean and protect the PLC if neces cal spray PLC sary Check for corrosive or flam No corrosive or Check by smell or use a sensor mable gases in the area of the flammable gases PLC Check the level of vibration or Vibration and shock Install cushioning or shock absorbing shock must be within equipment if necessary specifications Check for noise sources near No significant noise Either separate the PLC and noise the PLC sources source or protect the PLC Check that the Option Boards No looseness Correct any improperly installed con and cable connectors are fully nectors inserted and locked Check for
239. rdware User s Manual W479 Appendices A 2 Wiring Diagrams A 2 1 CPU Units CPU Unit with 10 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e All Models e Relay Outputs AC Power Supply CP1E E10DR CP1E E10DLILI A CIO 100 DC Power Supply CP1E E10DLILI D CIO 0 CIO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E E10DT O CIO 100 DC Power Supply E10D00 D CIO 0 Een ow no sweibeig BuLum Z Y ClO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E E10DT1 O CIO 100 T in O U C a foo or Tee To Een ow no CIO 100 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 9 Appendices I CPU Unit with 14 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Output Wiring Diagram e Relay Outputs CP1E E14DR A CP1E N14DR L CIO 100 Input Wiring Diagram e All Models AC Power Supply CP1E E14DR A CP1E N14D00 A DC Power Supply CP1E N14DLILI D CIO 0 DC Power Supply t COM N14DO0 D CIO 0 A 10 CIO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1E N14DT O CIO 100 foo Tor Te oo oe os ne Fovfeonpne foul ow ne CIO 100 e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1E N14DT1 0 CIO 100 foo or ee os or os ve confon re ool we Fou nc CIO 100 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices i CPU Unit with 20 I O Points Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram e A
240. resses CIO 101 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 39 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 8 40 2 Reading Temperature Data The temperature data will be stored in the input words allocated to the Temperature Sensor Unit in 4 digit hexadecimal CP1W T5002 T5102 CP1W TS001 TS101 m 1 Converted temperature m 1 Converted temperature data from input 0 data from input 0 m 2 Converted temperature m 2 Converted temperature data from input 1 data from input 1 m 3 Converted temperature data from input 2 m 4 Converted temperature data from input 3 m is the last input word allocated to the CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit connected immediately before the Temperature Sensor Unit e f the converted value is a negative value it will be stored as its two s complements e Data for range codes that include one digit after the decimal point are stored as binary without the decimal point i e 10 times the actual value is stored Input Data conversion examples Unit 1 C K J 850 C gt 0352 hex Unit 0 1 C Pt JPt K J x10 500 0 C gt 5000 gt 1388 hex 20 0 C 200 FF38 hex 200 0 C 2000 gt F830 hex e f the input temperature exceeds the maximum or minimum value in the temperature input range that has been set by 20 C or 20 F the displayed value will be held e If the circuit is disconnected the open circuit detection function will operate and the con verted temperature data
241. rna Ou ta n SIcDe ak uU visen 1 8 PI SPANN seende 1 9 1 3 1 En sjelke clt ONS ERR REE EE VE ER m 1 9 1 3 2 NNN 1 10 1 3 3 PACIFIC TONS DE eiie p ERE S 1 12 Section 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 Basic System CODDIGUrallOlL aucune nico can nc ouis suu usi au aE Ea a E CU nEN nE UEM UNUS FU ME uU RE d 2 2 2 1 1 Basic System Configuration Using an E type CPU Unit rrrnnrnnnnvrnnnnnrrnvnnnnrrevvnnnnrnnnnnnnrernnnnnnnen 2 2 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration Using an N NA type CPU Unit rrnnrnnnrnrnnnnnnrvrnnnnnnrnnnnnnnrrrnnnnnnnrenn 2 3 22 GPU UNIS c 2 4 2 2 1 OPU AG GIS MENTRE rE 2 4 2 2 2 PIPE NETTE Er 2 7 2 2 3 Unit Versions of CPU cT 2 8 2 3 Expansion l O Unit or Expansion UnlL rero nean cenae inna anuo duse e sauna na ER na ooo ax EC su Rr ECKE E 2 10 2 3 1 Expandable CPU UMIS KM EET 2 10 2 3 2 Connection Methods eesosast e e E nee are er a ean ee ere ee Sree ee nen en weer are 2 10 2 3 3 Maximum Number of I O Points for an Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit 2 10 2 3 4 Expansion I O Units and Expansion UMS ueosuaa root aeo tenuto dco etie to rrt Pb et iie Susp si eno cese 2 11 2 3 5 Restrictions on System Configuration nctcsinveceneniainsdavaneetnnddannsaduindebowtctmelabetes asinsanteotestaantadtnciessates 2 13 2 4 Unit Current Consumption and External Power Supply Capa
242. rogrammable Terminals PTs without using communications programming no protocol commu nications with general components and connections with a Modbus RTU Easy Master Serial PLC Link and host computer This section describes the built in analog function for NA type CPU Units This section describes PID temperature control clock functions DM backup functions security functions This section describes basic functions of the CX Programmer such as using the CX Programmer to write ladder programs to control the CP1E CPU Unit to transfer the programs to the CP1E CPU Unit and to debug the programs The appendices provide lists of programming instructions the Auxiliary Area cycle time response performance PLC performance at power interruption i CP1E CPU Unit Instructions Reference Manual Cat No W483 Section Section 1 Summary of Instructions Section 2 Instruction Section 3 Instruction Execution Times and Number of Steps Section 4 Monitoring and Comput ing the Cycle Time Appendices Contents This section provides a summary of instructions used with a CP1E CPU Unit This section describes the functions operands and sample programs of the instructions that are supported by a CP1E CPU Unit This section provides the execution times for all instructions used with a CP1E CPU Unit This section describes how to monitor and calculate the cycle time of a CP1E CPU Unit that can be used in the programs The app
243. rted data Hexadecimal Decimal OCE4 3300 0BB8 3000 2x F31C 23900 0 to 10 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 oV 10 V 10 5 V FED4 300 0 to 5 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 1 to 5 V Inputs Converted data Hexadecimal Decimal 189C 6300 1770 6000 Voltages in the 10 to 10 V range correspond to hexadecimal values F448 to OBB8 3 000 to 3 000 The range of data that can be converted is F31C to OCE4 hex 3 300 to 3 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 0 to 10 V range correspond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 0 to 5 V range correspond to hexadecimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 A negative voltage is expressed as a two s complement Voltages in the 1 to 5 V range correspond to hexa decimal values 0000 to 1770 0 to 6 000 The range of data that can be converted is FED4 to 189C hex 300 to 6 300 Voltage in the range of 0 8 to 1 V is expressed as a two s complement If an input is below the range i e less than 0 8 V the open circuit detection function is activated and the data becomes 8
244. s e Reading writing the parameter area e Writing to an area without memory installed e Writing to a write protected area e Indirect DM addressing BCD error No END Error A295 11 turns ON This error occurs when there is not an END instruc tion in the program Task Error A295 12 turns ON There is no specified interrupt task when an interrupt is generated input interrupt high speed counter interrupt or scheduled interrupt Differentiation Overflow Error A295 13 turns ON Differentiation instructions were repeatedly inserted or deleted using the online editor and the system restriction was exceeded Illegal Instruction Errors A295 14 turns ON Execution of an unexecutable instruction was attempted UM Overflow Error A295 15 turns ON An attempt was made to execute a program that exceeds the user program capacity CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Remedy Refer to A298 and A299 instruction program address when the program fails check the specifications for the relevant instruction and set the correct operand data Set the PLC Setup to not stop operation for an instruc tion error Refer to A298 and A299 instruction program address when the program fails and correctly set the content for the indirectly addressed DM operand BCD mode to BCD or change the specified destination Alterna tively change the indirect addressing to binary mode Set the PLC Setup to not stop operation for an i
245. s mode and the status of output data when a communications error occurs m A Precautions for Correct Use Always turn OFF the power supply before changing the DIP switch settings 3 Wire the CompoBus S communications path These terminals are not used They can however be used as communications power supply relay terminals Gn EE BDL BDH Connect the CompoBus S Communications Cable CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices A 1 DIMENSIONS 64062 t kere wd seed keen eee eee eee ee A 2 EE rrr A 2 A 1 2 Option BoardS 2 2 edcceed caw eee ated seeesea tease A3 Url EG D ERG LE REG A 4 PE Expansion VO UNIS 22 ceserews seres Tre tee ee heed A 5 A 1 4 Expansion Units llle A 7 A 2 Wiring Diagrams 205 cccawt Gok cee ete wp E Sen ee ee eet eee eae A 9 Adl GCPUUNIS 64222606 teeae bho tb bee thee ee oe RR eter e eapi A 9 A 2 2 Expansion l O Units Lissassesteganesbasde genre seks sad Rn ded ows A 17 EE 60800 cm dreded eee ene bees ehesa bee inekeae aoe A 24 A 2 4 Serial Communications 2 000 c cece eee A 29 A 3 Wiring for Serial Communications 0 000 eee es A 34 A 3 1 Recommended RS 232C Wiring 0 eee A 34 A 3 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring nanana aaa A 37 A 3 3 Converting the Built in RS 232C Port to RS 422A 485 A 38 A 3 4 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring 00000ee A 42 CP1E CPU Unit Har
246. s an error when the given data value is invalid when exe detection cuting an instruction or execution of instruction between tasks was attempted Indirect DM addressing BCD This function detects an error when an indirect DM EM address in BCD mode error is not BCD Illegal area access error detec This function detects an error when an attempt is made to access an illegal tion area with an instruction operand No END error detection This function detects an error when there is no END instruction at the end of the program Task error detection The execution condition for an interrupt task was met but there is no interrupt task with the specified number Differentiation overflow error This function detects an error when too many differentiated instructions are detection entered or deleted during online editing 131 072 times or more Invalid instruction error detec This function detects an error when an attempt is made to execute an instruc tion tion that is not defined in the system User program area overflow This function detects an error when instruction data is stored after the last error detection address in user program area Cycle time exceeded error detec This function monitors the cycle time 10 to 1 000 ms and stops the operation tion when the set value is exceeded System FALS error detection This function generates a fatal FALS error when the user defined conditions user defined fatal error are met in program Mainte Aut
247. s not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products e Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this manual e Nuclear energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equipment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations e Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or property Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable product or any consequence thereof CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 13 Disclaimers CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made
248. s provided with the Analog I O Unit and cannot be removed Precautions for Safe Use Do not touch the cables during operation Static electricity may cause operating errors 8 20 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units 3 Expansion Connector Used for connecting Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units 4 DIP Switch Used to enable or disable averaging Pin 1 Average processing for analog input 0 ON OFF Average processing not performed ON Average processing performed 1 2 Pin 2 Average processing for analog input 1 OFF Average processing not performed ON Average processing performed 8 3 3 Specifications CP1W MAD11 Analog I O Units are connected to the CP1E CPU Unit CP1W 20EDR1 CP1W 8ED CP1W MAD 1 1 CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Unit Expansion I O Unit Analog I O Unit O Q O 9B D ac100 240v aon g ar Geer ua D H 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Hm f 000000 0000 20EDR1 Au 000000 000000 ake 000000 000000 IT FA BH ecc m i H 00 01 A 03 04 05 06 07 L ot UN zu E 120 dE T MN E 31 ai Mni o H 101CH EZ lt D 1 analog output 2 analog inputs qo e gt 5 Oo te O c D suopeaoadsS e e 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Ma
249. s until a convertible value has been written to the output word e Once the range code has been set it is not possible to change the setting while power is being supplied to the CPU Unit To change the I O range turn the CPU Unit OFF then ON again Reading Analog Input Conversion Values The ladder program can be used to read the memory area words where the converted val ues are stored Values are output to the next two words m 1 m 2 following the last input word m allo cated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Writing Analog Output Set Values The ladder program can be used to write data to the memory area where the set value is stored The output word will be n 1 where n is the last output word allocated to the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Startup Operation After the power is turned ON it will require two cycle times plus approximately 50 ms before the first conversion data is stored in the input words Therefore create a program as shown below so that when operation begins simultaneously with startup it will wait for valid conver sion data Analog input data will be 0000 until initial processing is completed Analog output data will be 0 V or 0 mA until the range code has been written After the range code has been writ ten the analog output data will be 0 V or 0 mA if the range is 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V or 0 to 20 mA or it will be 1 V or 4 mA if
250. sion 9 03 Version or higher or higher or higher or higher i Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Support Smart Input function Do not support Support Smart Smart Input func Input function tion Not support Not support 2 9 Y N O U c c 5 2 D SHUN Nd JO SUOISI A PUN c c 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 3 Expansion I O Unit or Expansion Unit This section describes the connection of Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units to a CP1E CPU Unit 2 3 1 Expandable CPU Units e Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units cannot be connected to E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Units e A total of up to three Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be connected to an E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit e CP1E E10 14 20 or N14 20 CPU Unit se 6963 AA a eee F pk CP series Expansion Units and Expansion I O JERNET a E Ems m H Units cannot be connected Ie j p POM 5 wz e CP1E E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit A total of up to three CP series Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units can be connected
251. sis a A 34 A 3 1 Recommended BS 2320 Wiring scsissnictnncatndesantiosiadassmasntcadeandettnsnsde tasseiennntdusntebantansevaimettunedeupouns A 34 A 3 2 Recommended RS 422A 485 Wiring scictessntccdotas se tssuntendocinsinegpauscussadncieepinadiawsdecvadpabadnwedeeedticnn A 37 A 3 3 Converting the Built in RS 232C Port to RS 422A 485 urnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnvnnnnnvervenernnnnnernnnnnvnnnnnereeen A 38 A 3 4 Reducing Electrical Noise for External Wiring cc c scccccessseececeeeseeeeceeeeeceeeeeeceesseeeesaaeeess A 42 lj f Index 1 Revision PIISIOTV oasecudexsiesuce cs uei mwe urat ust acr et Revhist 1 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 11 Read and Understand this Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments Warranty and Limitations of Liability WARRANTY OMRON s exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year or other period if specified from date of sale by OMRON OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANT
252. t RS 422A 485 Option Board Remote device e Four wire Connections CP1E N NA type CPU Unit RS 422A 485 Option Board Remote device A 3 3 Converting the Built in RS 232C Port to RS 422A 485 Use one of the following Conversion Units to convert a built in RS 232C port to an RS 422A port for a CP1E N NA type CPU Unit e CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit Maximum distance 50 m convertible to RS 422A or RS 485 e NT ALOO1 RS 232C RS 422A Conversion Unit Maximum distance 500 m convertible to RS 422A only A 38 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices I CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit The CJ1W CIF11 RS 422A Conversion Unit is used to convert an RS 232C port to RS 422A 485 It is directly connected to the built in RS 232C port of the CP1E N NA type CPU Unit The Conversion Unit is not insulated so the maximum distance for RS 422A 485 is 50 m Appearance e Electrical Specifications RS 422A 485 Terminal Block Signal RDA RDB SDA SDB FG RDA RDB SDA SDB FG e RS 232C Connector EE RS 232C port Connector pin arrangement d FG 2 RD I SD ss 4 6 7 8 NC 9 sem NC The hood and the connector hood to which it is connected will have the same electrical potential e DIP Switch for Operation Settings Pn seng Om OFF 1 Terminating resistance selec Terminating resistance connected Terminating resistance tion both ends of transmission path not connected
253. t No Unit version example for unit version 1 0 e Confirming Unit Versions with Support Software CX Programmer can be used to confirm the unit version of the CP1E CPU Units Hefer to 4 1 Applicable Programming Devices for CP1E for details on the CX Programmer The CX Programmer can be used to confirm the unit version using one of the following methods e Using the PLC Information e Using the Unit Manufacturing Information 2 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices d Unit Versions Type CP1E CPU Units Model numbers CP1E ELILIDEI LI Unit version Unit version 1 L1 CP1E NLILIDLEI LI CP1E NALILIDLEI L Unit Versions and Support Software The relationship between the unit versions of CP1E CPU Units and versions of Support Software is shown below e Relationship between Unit Versions and Support Software Functions asad CX One CPU Unit Version 1 0 CP1E LI20DLI L1 CP1E LISO0DLI LI CP1E LIA0DLI L1 functions Do not support tion Version 1 L Not support functions Note A Programming Console cannot be used CP1E E10DLI LI CP1E L114DLI L CP1E N60DLI L1 CP1E NA20DLI EI CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 CX Programmer Support Smart Smart Input func Input function Required Support Software see note CX Programmer for CP1E CX Programmer Micro PLC Limited Edition Version 8 2 Version 9 03 Version 8 2 Ver
254. t the situation if any of the conditions in the following table are not met e Battery Check whether the Battery Service life expectancy Replace the Battery when its service life has passed has reached its service life is 5 years at 25 C less even if a Battery error has not occurred The service life CP1W BATO 1 Battery at higher temperatures depends on the model and ambient temperature From 1 5 to 5 years Refer to 7 2 Replacing the Battery in N NA type CPU depending on model and Units ambient temperature 7 2 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 Maintenance and Inspection 7 1 3 Inspection and Maintenance points 1 Power sup Check for voltage fluctuations Allowable voltage Use a voltage tester to check the ply voltage at the power supply terminals range power supply at the terminals Take AG power supply necessary steps to bring voltage fluc 85 to 264 VAC tuations within limits DC power supply 20 4 to 26 4 VDC 2 I O power Check for voltage fluctuations Voltages must be Use a voltage tester to check the supply at the I O terminals within I O specifica power supply at the terminals Take tions for each Unit necessary steps to bring voltage fluc tuations within limits 3 Ambient Check the ambient tempera O to 55 C Use a thermometer to check the tem environment ture Inside the control panel perature and make sure that the if the PLC is in a control ambient tempe
255. tail Read this manual for details on C mode and FINS commands addressed to CPU Units CS1W SCULILI V1 CS1W SCBOD V1 Note This manual describes commands addressed to CPU Units It does not cover commands addressed to other Units or ports e g CJ1G H CPUHIBH serial communications ports on CPU Units communications ports CJAG CPULEIEIP on Serial Communications Units Boards and other Communica tions Units CJ1M CPULILI CJ1G CPULILI CJ1W SCULILI V1 SYSMAC CP Series W461 CP1L L10DLI L To learn the basic Describes the following information for CP1L CP1 E CPU Unit CP1L L14D0 O setup methods of the CP1L CP1E PLCs Introduction Manual CP1L L20DC 0 CP1L CP1E PLCs e Basic configuration and component names CP1L M30DC O e Mounting and wiring cPIL M4000 a CP1L Meo0DH H Application program examples CP1E EOODO O CP1E NOODO O CP1E NADODO O CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 25 Overview and Specifications This section gives an overview of the CP1E describes its features and provides its specifications 11 CPIE OVGIVIOW un cs see es mx RH oe eee eder E A Genk eee A 1 2 1 1 1 Overview of Features uuu om nt rogo se he eek ee ee ER ke wee ba ees 1 2 1 1 2 Peles 2b24 eet c0 NE 1 3 1 2 Basic Operating Procedure 000s 1 8 t3 SDOCIICOlIODS x aut cadens peers 1 9 1 3 1 General Specifications x 4 d ore dob de eem em dod REESE eu bee as 1 9 12 ASNOVAGICNISUCS air sedrer erre eee de 1 10 1 3 3 Functional
256. temperature 240 VAC 40 A for 8 ms max for cold start at room temperature External power supply 3 Not provided CP1 E E10DLI A L114DLT A LI20DL1 A Not provided 24 VDC 300 mA CP1E NA20DLI A LISODLI A LI40DLI A N6ODLI A Insulation resistance 20 MQ min at 500 VDC between the external AC ter Except between DC primary current and DC secondary minals and GR terminals current Dielectric strength 2 300 VAC 50 60Hz for 1 min between AC external and Except between DC primary current and DC secondary GR terminals leakage current 5 mA max current Power interrupt time 10 ms min 2 ms min Applica Ambient operating temper 0 to 55 C tion envi ature Go I 7 No corrosive gas 20 to 75 C excluding battery ture 2 or less Conforms to JIS B3502 and IEC 61131 2 2 kV on power supply line Conforms to IEC61000 4 4 Category Il Conforms to JIS B3502 and IEC 61131 2 Vibration resistance Conforms to JIS 60068 2 6 5 to 8 4 Hz with 3 5 mm amplitude 8 4 to 150 Hz Acceleration of 9 8 m s for 100 min in X Y and Z directions 10 sweeps of 10 min each 100 min total Shock resistance Conforms to JIS 60068 2 27 Mu MM 147 m s 3 times in X Y and Z directions Terminal block Fixed not removable Terminal screw size M3 Applicable standards Conforms to EC Directives Grounding method Ground to 1002 or less 1 Total of 110 mm with mounting brackets 2 Excluding cables 3 Use the external power supply to po
257. ting Cable Use the following cable to connect the CP1E CPU Unit to the CX Programmer Port at Unit Bone NEO IVRE CONN Model numbers Length computer munications mode Peripheral USB port USB port USB 2 0 or 1 1 Commercially available USB 5m max Conforming to USB 2 0 cable A connector B connector B connector 4 8 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 Programming Device I Restrictions on Connecting by USB The following restrictions apply to the connection of the CP1E to a computer due to the USB specifica tions Keep these restrictions in mind when using the USB port e Only one CP1E CPU Unit can be connected by USB to a single personal computer It is not possible to connect multiple CP1E CPU Units simultaneously e Do not remove the USB cable while connected online The application must be offline before the cable is removed The CX Programmer will not go online simply by reinserting the USB cable Place the CX Programmer offline before reinserting the USB cable then place it online again 4 2 2 Installing the USB Driver The USB driver for CP1E must be installed on the computer running the CX Programmer in order to connect the CP1E to the computer via USB When the personal computer is connected to the CP1E by USB cable the personal computer automat ically recognizes the device and the USB driver installation is started i Windows 2000 or Vista Connect the computer s USB port 1 and the CP1E CPU Unit s
258. tion e Locations subject to ambient humidity lower than 10 or higher than 90 e Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases e Locations subject to excessive dust salt or metal filings e Locations that would subject the PLC to direct shock or vibration e Locations exposed to direct sunlight e Locations that would subject the PLC to water oil or chemical reagents T N o fa D D et Oo 5 Always enclose or protect the PLC sufficiently in the following locations e Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise e Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields e Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity e Locations close to power lines i Installation in Cabinets or Control Panels When the CP1E is being installed in a cabinet or control panel be sure to provide proper ambient con ditions as well as access for operation and maintenance uoneoo UONEI EISU L c G e installation Orientation When installing the CP1E in a control panel it must be installed with the side with indicators and communications ports facing the front to ensure proper heat dissipation OK CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 3 5 Installation and Wiring Not possible
259. to be retained after a power interruption A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 2 Basic System Configuration and Devices 2 1 2 Basic System Configuration Using an N NA type CPU Unit The system configuration when using a CP1E N NA type CPU Unit is shown below CP1W BATO1 NN AS CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units DIN Track N L UJ D o o o lt 0 D 3 O Oo 5 c e et Oo 5 fl 000000 000000 It SENT EPER o ox i US MEN DE 20 or 40 I O Points Analog I O CP1E N40D0 0 CP1E NA20D0 0 M PAR pe Pul ieri 8 outputs Analog outputs Programmable reanna i GEER l Support Software CX Programmer Personal computer c l E NT Link Host Link E E H um E ES 2 seeps Up to 3 Units can be connected General component Inverter pe I Neither the CP1W DAMO1 LCD Option Board nor the CP1W CIF41 gt o Ethernet Option Board can be used CP1E N14D0 O0 CP1E N20D0 O d RS 232C Option Board RS 422A 485 Option Board No protocol mode Modbus RTU CP1W CIFO1 Or CP1W CIF11 CP1W CIF12 CP series PLC or CJ1M PLC Host computer Expansion Units and Host Link CP1E CPU Unit Expansion I O Units
260. ts Maximum number of I O points CP1E E10DLI L 10 CP1E LHADLI L 14 CP1E LI20DLI L 20 CP1E LISODLI L 150 30 built in 40 x 3 expansion CP1E LIAODLI L 160 40 built in 40 x 3 expansion CP1E N60DLI Ll 180 60 built in 40 x 3 expansion CP1E NA20DLI L1I 140 20 built in 40 x 3 expansion Built in I O CP1E E10DLI L 10 6 inputs 4 outputs CP1E LHADLI L 14 8 inputs 6 outputs CP1E LI20DLI L 20 12 inputs 8 outputs CP1E LISODLI L 30 18 inputs 12 outputs CP1E LIAODLI L 40 24 inputs 16 outputs CP1E N60DLI L1 60 36 inputs 24 outputs CP1E NA20DLI LI 20 12 inputs 8 outputs Built in High speed High speed Incremental Pulse Inputs Incremental Pulse Inputs input counters counter 10 kHz 6 counters 100 kHz 2 counters 10 kHz 4 counters func mode maximum 5 counters only for 10 I O points Up Down Inputs tions frequency Up Down Inputs 100 kHz 1 counters 10 kHz 1 counters 10 kHz 2 counters Pulse Direction Inputs Pulse Direction Inputs 100 kHz 2 counters 10 kHz 2 counters Differential Phase Inputs 4x Differential Phase Inputs 4x 50 kHz 1 counter 5 kHz 1 counter 5 kHz 2 counters Counting mode Linear mode e Ring mode 32 bits Counter reset e Phase Z and software reset excluding increment pulse input modes e Software reset Control method Target Matching Range Comparison Input interrupts 6 inputs 4 inputs only for 10 I O points Interrupt input pulse width 50 us min Quick r
261. ts use the CP1W CN811 I O Connecting Cable length 800 mm 3 Input status is displayed An indicator will be ON when the input is ON 4 Expansion connector CP series Expansion I O Units or Expansion Units can be connected Refer to 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units I Terminal Arrangements The first word of input words allocated to the Expansion Input Unit is indicated by CIO m e Input Terminal Arrangement Unit Upper Terminal Block Unit Lower Terminal Block 04 CIO m Note COM terminals are connected inside CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 3 19 X N m X D fo 3 D O 3 M o c 3 Nun 1ndu uoisuedx3 7 3 Part Names and Functions 3 2 2 Expansion Output Units I Part Names and Functions 8 point Output Units CP1W 8ER 8ET 8ET1 Output terminals 2 Expansion I O connecting cable 3 Output indicators 4 Expansion connector 3 Output indicators G Output terminals 32 point Output Units CP1W 32ER ET ET1 Output terminals 16 point Output Units CP1W 16ER ET ET1 Output terminals 2Expansion I O connecting cable 3 Output indicators 4 Expansion connector 3 Output indicators G Output terminals 2 Expansion I O connecting cable L1 1999999900000 o o E o o 0000000
262. ts 1 1 e Communications Mode No protocol Example Connections to E5CK Controller CP1E N NA type CPU Unit Built in RS 232C Port or RS 232C Option Board Example OMRON E5CK Controller RS 232C RS 232C Terminal block shielded cable Coa SB D sub 9 pin connector male e Connecting RS 422A 485 Ports 1 1 with 2 wire Connections e Communications Mode No protocol Device supporting RS 422A 485 CP1E N NA type CPU Unit communications 2 wire RS 422A 485 interface Terminal block A 30 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices e Connecting RS 422A 485 Ports 1 1 with 4 wire Connections e Communications Mode No protocol CP1E N NA type CPU Unit RS 422A 485 Option Board 4 wire Terminating resistance ON l 4 EE ETE H e roa Shield Modbus RTU Easy Master Function NT ALOO1 RS 232C N 1 S 2 3 4 C 5 7 8 CsA R 5V E RD SV DR SW1 2 ON Terminating resistance SW1 3 OFF SW1 4 OFF SW1 5 OFF SW1 6 ON e Communications mode Modbus RTU Easy Master CP1E N NA type CPU Unit CP1W CIF11 12 Oo o CP1W CIF11 12 RS 422A 485 Option Board CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Control circuit terminal block communications terminals 1 zs L S8 9 hd Device supporting RS
263. ues and Completion Flags C e Auxiliary Area related to clock functions A Mount the CP1W BAT01 Battery sold separately to an N NA type CPU Unit if data in the above areas need to be retained after a power interruption A Battery cannot be mounted to an E type CPU Unit L O U m Oo lt D soinjeo4 Z L L 1 1 2 Features e System Configuration CP1E CPU Unit An N type CPU Unit with 40 I O Points is shown here CX Programmer USB port CP1W BATO Battery sold separately Power supply and input terminals Can be mounted only to N NA type CPU Units Expansion Units Can be mounted to E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20
264. ure Mounted in a panel Dimensions H x D x W CPU Unit with 10 I O points CP1E E10D0 O0 90mm 1 x85mm 2 x 66mm CPU Unit with 14 or 20 I O points CP1E 014D0 0 020D0 0 90mm x85mm x 86mm CPU Unit with 30 I O points CP1E LI30DLI L1 90mm x 85mm 2 x 130mm CPU Unit with 40 I O points CP1E LIA0DLI L1 90mm x 85mm x 150mm CPU Unit with 60 I O points CP1E N60DLI L1 90mm x 85mm x 195mm CPU Unit with 20 I O points and built in analog CP1E NA20DLI LI 90mm x 86mm x 130mm Weight CPU Unit with 10 I O points CP1E E10DLI L1 300g max CPU Unit with 14 I O points CP1E L114DL1 L1 360g max CPU Unit with 20 I O points CP1E LI20DLI L1 370g max CPU Unit with 30 I O points CP1E LI3ODLI L1 600g max CPU Unit with 40 I O points CP1E LI140DLI L1 660g max CPU Unit with 60 I O points CP1E N60DLI L1 850g max CPU Unit with 20 I O points and built in analog CP1E NA20DLI LI 680g max Electri Supply voltage 100 to 240 VAC 50 60 Hz 24 VDC vod baa Operating voltage range 85 to 264 VAC 20 4 to 26 4 VDC Power consumption 15 VA 100 VAC max CP1E E10D0 A 014D0 A 9W max CP1E ETODLI D 25 VA 240 VAC max H20D0 A 13W max CP1E N14DLI D N20DLI D 50 VA 100 VAC max CP1E NA20DLI A LISODE 20W max CP1E NA20DETI D NS0DD D NAO0DDI D 70 VA 240 VAC max LIAODLT A NGODLI A N60DLI D 4 120 VAC 20 A for 8 ms max for cold start at room temperature 24 VDC 30A for 20 ms max for cold start at room
265. vice usage Use this device enable P Ne N 3 Click the Reinstall Driver Button The Hardware Update Wizard Dialog Me D Box will be displayed Install the Welcome to the Hardware Update o driver software using the procedure D Wizard 9 described in 4 2 2 Installing the USB This wizard helps you install software for Driver OMRON PLC If your hardware came with an installation CD 459 or floppy disk insert it now What do you want the wizard to do Install from a list or specific location Advanced Click Next to continue CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 4 15 4 Programming Device 4 16 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Installation and Wiring EEE This section describes how to install and wire CP1E Units SL Fadibsate CIIeUllS Lesser ux cursus Sos dri edUE ee one oe eee 5 2 52 INSIGNAUION salsera 5 3 5 2 1 LEE Eeg LOCANON ERT RE 5 3 5 2 2 CA AICAnOeMe me LT 5 6 5 2 3 duc eae eee hee emoeeeses tewes abe eee wee cence E ce ae 5 7 5 2 4 Connecting Expansion I O Units and Expansion Units 5 12 Ono WU cw 5 14 5 3 1 Wining Procede c ere useri dro quita 3d arene eee NE ee ee ee RR 5 14 5 3 2 Wiring Power Supply and Ground Lines 0 000 eee eee 5 14 Ss WO WWM 262 a5 a ce heuer co ene ees tox est EE 5 17 5 3 4 Wiring Safety and Noise Controls 0 0000 eee ee ees 5 21 5 3 5 Relay
266. vided Output Wiring Diagram Unit Lower Terminal Block FEE Pepe o Joon e CIO n 1 i 32 point Output Units Terminal Block is not removable Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided e Relay Outputs CP1W 32ER 2 770 TERM Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 27 Unit Lower Terminal Block CIO n 2 CIO n 1 OG e fele or OG CY CIO n 2 A 20 fo e x re E CIO n 3 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Output Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Transistor Outputs Sinking CP1W 32ET Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 ee E eletaan 5 CIO n CIO n 1 Unit Lower Terminal Block M n 2 EE n 3 999659906 o Te Te oo o a x T Pe es ene em T om Tem T CIO n 2 CIO n 3 sweibeig bull Z Y e Transistor Outputs Sourcing CP1W 32ET1 Unit Upper Terminal Block CIO n CIO n 1 ene en cone Te Ee Joo T Pe ve T To oT x ofr oe E n2 NO ITI X D D 2 v O 3 O C m o g gt B N O QD O X CIO n gore n 1 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 A 21 Appendices Input Wiring Diagram Inputs not provided Output Wiring Diagram Unit Lower Terminal Block EE gt n 2 pe HE gt n 3 TELE EA AA A a espe or Joo Joon 7 CIO n 2 CIO n 3 20 point I O Units Term
267. ware User s Manual W479 8 Using Expansion Units and Expansion I O Units b CP1W TS102 Up to four Pt100 or JPt100 platinum resistance thermometers can be connected to the CP1W TS102 but all four of the thermometers must be of the same type and the same input range must be used for each nput O Input 1 Input 1 i 2 Input 3 A Temperature Temperature Temperature Temperature input 0 input 1 input 2 input 3 4 l Precautions for Correct Use Do not connect anything to terminals not used for inputs 4 Create the ladder program 1 Words Allocation Temperature Sensor Units are allocated words just like other CP series as Expansion Units or Expansion I O Units i e in order of connection A Temperature Sensor Unit is allocated the next input words following the input words of the CPU Unit or previous Expansion Unit or Expansion I O Unit Two input words are allocated to the 2 input CP1W TS001 or CP1W TS101 and four input words are allocated to the 4 input CP1W TS002 or CP1W TS102 No output words are allocated e Example 1 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit e I o 3 i D D e o o D 5 D O c S 2 0 CPU Unit CP1W TS001 101 Temperature Sensor Unit Input word addresses Output word CIO 100 addresses CIO 101 e Example 2 E30 40 N30 40 60 or NA20 CPU Unit uone1edo Jo MO 4 t r 8 CPU Unit CP1W T5002 102 Temperature Sensor Unit Input word addresses Output word CIO 100 add
268. wer input devices Do not use it to drive output devices 4 This is the rated value for the maximum system configuration Use the following formula to calculate power consumption for CPU Units with DC power Formula DC power consumption 5V current consumption x 5 V 70 internal power efficiency 24V current consumption x 1 1 current fluctuation factor The above calculation results show that a DC power supply with a greater capacity is required CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 1 9 h 1 wo o D zh O e O 5 0 suoneouioedg eJQUBH g 1 Overview and Specifications 1 3 2 Characteristics The following table gives the characteristics of CP1E CPU Units CP1E ELILIDEI EI 2K steps 8 KB including the symbol table comments and program indices of the CX Programmer Stored program method CP1E NLILIDLEI EI CP1E NALILIDEI E 8K steps 32 KB including the symbol table com ments and program indices of the CX Programmer Item Program capacity Control method I O control method Cyclic scan with immediate refreshing Program language Ladder programs Instructions Approximately 200 Processing speed Overhead process 0 4 ms ing time Instruction execu Basic instructions 1 19 us tion times Special instructions 7 9 us Number of CP1W series Expansion I O CP1E E10D00 0 014D00 0 020D00 0O None Units and Expansion Units connected CP1E LISODLI LI LIA0DEI L1 LI60DL1 L1 NA20DLT LI 3 uni
269. wer supply General control circuit wiring 300 mm min Power lines Ground to 100 Q or less e f the I O wiring and power cables must be placed in the same duct they must be shielded from each other using grounded steel sheet metal PLC power supply General control PLC I O wiring circuit wiring Power lines Steel metal 200 mm min Ground to 100 Q or less 5 3 5 Relay Output Noise Reduction Methods The CP1E PLCs conforms to the Common Emission Standards EN61131 2 of the EMC Directives However noise generated by relay output switching may not satisfy these Standards In such a case a surge protector must be connected to the load side or other appropriate countermea sures must be provided outside the PLC Countermeasures taken to satisfy the standards vary depend ing on the devices on the load side wiring configuration of machines etc Following are examples of countermeasures for reducing the generated noise Countermeasures Refer to EN 61131 2 for details e Countermeasures are not required if the frequency of load switching for the whole system with the PLC included is less than 5 times per minute e Countermeasures are required if the frequency of load switching for the whole system with the PLC included is more than 5 times per minute 5 22 CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 Countermeasure Examples e When switching an inductive load connect a surge protector diodes etc in p
270. y lines Ground noise can be further reduced by providing the power supply through a 1 1 isolating trans former Do not ground the secondary coil of the transformer NWARNING Tighten the AC power supply terminal screws to a torque of 0 5 N m Loose screws may result in fire or malfunction soeur punog pue Ajddns Jamod BUulM z S Precautions for Correct Use e Loose pieces of wires may fall in the area when wiring To prevent these pieces from entering into the Unit leave the label on the top of the Unit while wiring e Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dissipation e The power supply terminals are located at the top of the Unit Do not connect a power supply to the 24 VDC external supply terminals on the bottom of the Unit Internal circuits may be damaged if power is supplied to these terminals CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 5 15 5 Installation and Wiring I Wiring DC Power Supply and Ground 24VDC P MCCB Upper Terminal Block Tee Te os or J ov os os Te T 7 ne oo og og 06 os 10 oo og og oo oo o GR Protective ground terminal Ground to 1000 or less e Wire a separate circuit for the power supply circuit so that there is no voltage drop from the inrush current or startup current that flows when other equipment is turned ON e When several CP1E PLCs are being used it is recommended to wire the PLCs on separate cir
271. yeg eui Buroejdeg Z Z 7 Memory Backup Time 5 years k 4years peseucsenecenme c eREeeequecneecN esee epi aas eee PaaS e Saas 9 yeaS porene Re ren Fesensessrsk 2 VES p gt erseeaeeseen SS emisse eem Veal en Ambient temperature OT kne O 25C 40 C 5 This graphic is for reference only CP1E CPU Unit Hardware User s Manual W479 7 5 7 Maintenance and Inspection i Low Battery Indications The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash when the Battery is nearly discharged SYSMAG CP1E D hc100 240vlocu la 11 cam com 01 03 05 o7 o9 11 01 03 o5 07 09 11 BATTERY amp Loo o2 04 os os 10 00 02 04 06 08 10 Yy E N exe Ti PERIPHERAL o 1 S A md Flashing FRR ALM G 000000 000 000 Ge 000000 000000 aklp 000000 000000 Oi a o6 Loo oi When the ERR ALM indicator flashes connect the CX Programmer to the peripheral USB port and read the error messages If a low Battery message appears on the CX Programmer or the Battery Error Flag A402 04 is ON first check whether the Battery is properly connected to the CPU If the Battery is properly connected replace the Battery as soon as possible Once a low battery error has been detected it will take 5 days at an ambient temperature of 25

CP1E CPU Unit Hardware

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents